470g LC Repair Manual
470g LC Repair Manual
Excavator
Repair
TECHNICAL MANUAL
470GLC
Excavator
Repair
TM12180 24SEP11 (ENGLISH)
Worldwide Construction
And Forestry Division
LITHO IN U.S.A.
Introduction
Foreword
This manual is written for an experienced technician. Information is organized in groups for the various
Essential tools required in performing certain service work components requiring service instruction. At the
are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. beginning of each group are summary listings of all
Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools,
introduction of this manual and the cautions presented other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits,
throughout the text of the manual. specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.
Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific
This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the
symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing,
potential for personal injury. and repair.
Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and Fundamental service information is available from other
operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals
the components. Operation and tests sections help you of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type
identify the majority of routine failures quickly. of failures and their causes.
,0004E4A -19-16NOV10-1/1
PN=2
Introduction
Publication Number:
Page Number:
Ideas, Comments:
Name:
Phone:
Email Address:
THANK YOU!
TX,TM,FAX -19-03JUL01-1/1
PN=3
Introduction
PN=4
Contents
Section 00—General Information Group 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools
Group 0001—Safety
Group 0003—Torque Values
Section 01—Tracks
Group 0130—Track System
Section 04—Engine
Group 0400—Removal and Installation
Section 33—Excavator
Group 3302—Buckets
Group 3340—Frames
Group 3360—Hydraulic System
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Section 00
General Information
Contents
Page Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 0001
Safety
Recognize Safety Information
This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this
T133555 —UN—28AUG00
symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert
for the potential of personal injury.
Follow the precautions and safe operating practices
highlighted by this symbol.
A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION —
is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies
the most serious hazards.
On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color,
WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are
T133588 —19—28AUG00
yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near
specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION
labels.
TX,RECOGNIZE -19-28JUN10-1/1
TS201 —UN—23AUG88
include the current safety signs. Replacement safety
signs are available from your John Deere dealer.
There can be additional safety information contained on
parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not
reproduced in this operator's manual.
Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls
properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction.
If you do not understand any part of this manual and need
Keep your machine in proper working condition.
assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.
Unauthorized modifications to the machine could impair
the function or safety and affect machine life.
TX,FOLLOW -19-20JAN11-1/1
Operate Only If Qualified machine functions with the machine in an open area
before starting to work.
Do not operate this machine unless the operator's manual
has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every
supervised training and instruction. work situation and work site.
Operator should be familiar with the job site and
surroundings before operating. Try all controls and
TX,QUALIFIED -19-18JAN11-1/1
PN=9
Safety
TS206 —UN—23AUG88
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment
or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such
as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises. Radio or music headphones
are not suitable to use for hearing protection.
TX,WEAR,PE -19-22SEP10-1/1
TX1088388A —UN—21FEB11
from their use are not covered by any John Deere warranty.
Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapproved
products or attachments, may affect machine stability or
reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator or
others near the machine. The installer of any modification
which may affect the electronic controls of this machine is
responsible for establishing that the modification does not ROPS Plate Location
adversely affect the machine or its performance.
Machines equipped with a roll-over protective structure 1— ROPS Plate
(ROPS) are tested in accordance with applicable
international standards and are intended for the base
machine model listed on the ROPS plate (1). The ROPS Always contact an authorized dealer before making
plate is located inside the cab on the front left cab frame. machine modifications that change the intended use,
Do not use any attachment or make any modifications that weight or balance of the machine, or that alter machine
increase the weight of the machine beyond the certified controls, performance or reliability.
value listed on the ROPS plate.
OUT4001,0000795 -19-22FEB11-1/1
PN=10
Safety
T141893 —UN—09JUN11
management application, for example, could require
added guarding to protect the operator.
Additional level II FOPS (falling object protective
structure), forestry protection packages, and special
screens or guarding should be installed when falling
or flying objects could enter or damage the machine.
Cab Guarding
A rear screen should always be used with a winch to
protect against a snapping cable. Before operating in any
special work environments, follow the operator protection attachment or equipment. Contact your authorized John
recommendations of the manufacturer of any specialized Deere dealer for information on protective guarding.
TX,CABGUARD -19-15FEB11-1/1
Inspect Machine
Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it
before starting.
Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly
installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts
T6607AQ —UN—18OCT88
immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and
electrical wiring.
TX,INSPECT -19-08SEP10-1/1
T133592 —UN—12SEP01
Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.
Stop engine before examining, adjusting, or maintaining
any part of machine with moving parts.
Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard
or shield that has been removed for access as soon as
service or repair is complete.
TX,MOVING,PARTS -19-20JAN11-1/1
PN=11
Safety
X9811 —UN—23AUG88
connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high-pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid
injected into the skin must be surgically removed within
a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar
with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 1-800-822-8262 or +1
English from Deere & Company Medical Department in 309-748-5636.
DX,FLUID -19-20AUG09-1/1
T133509 —UN—17MAR06
Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil.
Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting
lines or working on hydraulic system.
If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor
immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically
within hours or gangrene could result. Contact a
knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
T133840 —UN—20SEP00
TX,HPOILS -19-20JAN11-1/1
DX,AIR -19-17FEB99-1/1
PN=12
Safety
Prevent Fires
T133552 —UN—14SEP00
Handle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away from
fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when
near sparks or flame.
Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, grease
and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around
fuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, and
electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable
T133553 —UN—07SEP00
materials inside a machine compartment.
Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hoses
immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil
spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently
for damage.
Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a
multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine.
Know how to use extinguisher properly. T133554 —UN—07SEP00
TX,PREVENT,FIRE -19-20JAN11-1/1
TS204 —UN—23AUG88
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F).
DX,SPARKS -19-03MAR93-1/1
PN=13
Safety
TS1132 —UN—26NOV90
A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific
details on chemical products: physical and health hazards,
safety procedures, and emergency response techniques.
Check the MSDS before you start any job using a
hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what
the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow
procedures and recommended equipment.
(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical
products used with John Deere equipment.)
DX,MSDS,NA -19-03MAR93-1/1
TS1133 —UN—26NOV90
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can
damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste
from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your John Deere dealer.
DX,DRAIN -19-03MAR93-1/1
Exhaust Filter Ash Handling and Disposal governing hazardous waste disposal. Only a
qualified service provider should remove ash from
CAUTION: Under federal, state, and local laws or the exhaust filter. Personal protective equipment
regulations, exhaust filter ash can be classified and clothing, maintained in a sanitary and reliable
as a hazardous waste. Hazardous waste must condition, should be used when handling and
be disposed of in accordance with all applicable cleaning exhaust filter. See your authorized dealer
federal, state, and local laws or regulations for exhaust filter ash handling and disposal.
TX,ASH,DISP -19-20JAN11-1/1
PN=14
Safety
TS291 —UN—23AUG88
DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93-1/1
T6669AG —UN—18OCT88
Temperature in engine compartment could go up
immediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARD
FOR FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD.
Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and clean
engine compartment.
TX,DEBRIS -19-20JAN11-1/1
T133468 —UN—30AUG00
off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails.
Never use machine controls as handholds.
Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present
slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease
or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
TX,STEPS -19-09FEB11-1/1
TX,SOFOS -19-20JAN11-1/1
PN=15
Safety
T133716 —19—14SEP00
fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks
and during other uses.
Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure that webbing is not
cut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is
damaged or does not function properly.
The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced
every three years, regardless of appearance.
TX,SEAT,BELT -19-20JAN11-1/1
T216779 —UN—22NOV05
allowing anyone to approach machine.
Always lower work equipment to the ground and pull pilot
shutoff lever to locked (UP) position before standing up or
leaving the operator's seat. Stop engine before exiting.
OUT4001,0000796 -19-22FEB11-1/1
PN=16
Safety
T134986 —UN—31OCT00
underground utilities before you dig.
Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating near
structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear
away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over.
Avoid boom or arm contact with overhead obstacles
or overhead electrical lines. Never move any part of
machine or load closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line
insulator length to overhead wires.
Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders
T133650 —UN—27SEP00
away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported
loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or
loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal
person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a
signal person if moving machine in congested areas or
where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in
view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine.
Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to
support machine. When working close to an excavation,
position travel motors away from the hole.
T133549 —UN—24AUG00
Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or
near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during
snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc). At high speeds,
hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete or manholes)
can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt.
TX03679,0001748 -19-05JAN10-1/1
T7273AH —UN—08JUN90
Riders may obstruct operator’s view or impair his ability
to operate machine safely.
TX03679,0001726 -19-03JAN07-1/1
PN=17
Safety
PC10857XW —UN—24JUN10
machine. Keep windows and mirrors clean, adjusted, and
in good repair.
Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly.
Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed
or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at
all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate.
Do not rely on the rear camera and radar object detection
systems to determine if personnel are behind the machine.
The system has limitations due to maintenance practices,
environmental conditions, and operating range.
TX,AVOID,BACKOVER -19-25OCT10-1/1
PN=18
Safety
T133716 —19—14SEP00
Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to
jump clear and the machine may crush you.
Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be
sure truck is wide enough and on a firm level surface.
Use loading ramps. Properly attach ramps to truck bed.
Avoid trucks with steel beds because tracks slip more
easily on steel.
Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky
T133545 —UN—15SEP00
or frozen ground. Machine may slip sideways in these
conditions. When traveling up or down slopes, keep the
bucket on uphill side and just above ground level.
Be careful with heavy loads. Using oversize buckets or
lifting heavy objects reduces machine stability. Extending
a heavy load or swinging it over side of undercarriage
may cause machine to tip.
Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating
T133803 —UN—27SEP00
near banks or excavations that may cave-in and cause
machine to tip or fall.
TX03679,00016DF -19-24JAN07-1/1
T133839 —UN—27SEP00
Never lift a load above another person. Keep bystanders
clear of all areas where a load might fall if it breaks free.
Do not leave the seat when there is a raised load.
Do not exceed lift capacity limits posted on machine and
in this manual. Extending heavy loads too far or swinging
over undercarriage side may cause machine to tip over.
Use proper rigging to attach and stabilize loads. Be sure
slings or chains have adequate capacity and are in good
condition. Use tether lines to guide loads and prearranged
hand signals to communicate with co-workers.
TX03679,00016E1 -19-03JAN07-1/1
PN=19
Safety
TX1088388A —UN—21FEB11
Machines equipped with a roll-over protective structure
(ROPS) are tested in accordance with applicable
international standards and are intended for the base
machine model listed on the ROPS plate (1). The ROPS
plate is located inside the cab on the front left cab frame.
Do not use any attachment or make any modifications that
increase the weight of the machine beyond the certified
ROPS Plate Location
value listed on the ROPS plate.
Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment 1— ROPS Plate
installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection
is required or recommended. Verify that all connections
are secure and attachment responds properly to controls. and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its
Carefully read attachment manual and follow all characteristics and range of motion.
instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders
OUT4001,0000797 -19-22FEB11-1/1
T133332 —19—14DEC01
• Place pilot shutoff lever in locked (UP) position.
Stop
engine and remove key.
• Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in
the operator's station.
Securely support machine or attachment before working
under it.
• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated
equipment.
• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden
pieces that may crumble or crush.
• Do not support machine with a single jack or other
devices that may slip out of place.
TS229 —UN—23AUG88
OUT4001,000089A -19-27APR11-1/1
PN=20
Safety
TS281 —UN—23AUG88
to relieve pressure before removing completely.
DX,RCAP -19-04JUN90-1/1
TS220 —UN—23AUG88
• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area
to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,
wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic
before welding or heating. fumes and dust away.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
will take place.
DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1
T133547 —UN—31AUG00
welding. Turn off main battery switch
or disconnect positive battery cable.
Separate harness connectors to engine and
vehicle microprocessors.
PN=21
Safety
T133738 —UN—14SEP00
Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and
other protective equipment before striking hardened
parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and
bucket teeth could dislodge chips at high velocity.
Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and
object to prevent chipping.
TX,PINS -19-20JAN11-1/1
PN=22
Safety
TS227 —UN—23AUG88
Keep machine away from people, animals, or structures
which may be susceptible to harm or damage from hot
exhaust gases or components. Avoid potential fire or
explosion hazards from flammable materials and vapors
near the exhaust. Keep exhaust outlet away from people
and anything that can melt, burn, or explode.
Closely monitor machine and surrounding area for
smoldering debris during and after exhaust filter cleaning.
Adding fuel while an engine is running can create a fire
or explosion hazard. Always stop engine before refueling
machine and clean up any spilled fuel.
TS271 —UN—23AUG88
Always make sure that engine is stopped while hauling
machine on a truck or trailer.
Contact with exhaust components while still hot can result
in serious personal injury.
Avoid contact with these components until cooled to safe
temperatures.
If service procedure requires engine to be running:
• Only engage power-driven parts required by service
procedure
• Ensure that other people are clear of operator station
and machine
TS1693 —UN—09DEC09
Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-driven
parts.
Always disable movement (neutral), set the parking brake
or mechanism and disconnect power to attachments or
tools before leaving the operator’s station.
Shut off engine and remove key (if equipped) before
leaving the machine unattended.
TS1695 —UN—07DEC09
DX,EXHAUST,FILTER -19-12JAN11-1/1
PN=23
Safety
PN=24
Group 0003
Torque Values
Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values
METRIC BOLT AND CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is ±10% unless otherwise specified
TORQ2 —UN—07SEP99
Top—Property Class and Head Markings; Bottom—Property Class and Nut Markings
Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9
Thread Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb
Size Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft)
M6 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 9 (6.6) 11.5 (8.5) 13 (9.5) 16.5 (12.2) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5)
M8 11.5 (8.5) 14.5 (10.7) 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 32 (23.5) 40 (29.5) 37 (27.5) 47 (35)
M10 23 (17) 29 (21) 43 (32) 55 (40) 63 (46) 80 (59) 75 (55) 95 (70)
M12 40 (29.5) 50 (37) 75 (55) 95 (70) 110 (80) 140 (105) 130 (95) 165 (120)
M14 63 (46) 80 (59) 120 (88) 150 (110) 175 (130) 220 (165) 205 (150) 260 (190)
M16 100 (74) 125 (92) 190 (140) 240 (175) 275 (200) 350 (255) 320 (235) 400 (300)
M18 135 (100) 170 (125) 265 (195) 330 (245) 375 (275) 475 (350) 440 (325) 560 (410)
M20 190 (140) 245 (180) 375 (275) 475 (350) 530 (390) 675 (500) 625 (460) 790 (580)
M22 265 (195) 330 (245) 510 (375) 650 (480) 725 (535) 920 (680) 850 (625) 1080 (800)
M24 330 (245) 425 (315) 650 (480) 820 (600) 920 (680) 1150 (850) 1080 (800) 1350 (1000)
M27 490 (360) 625 (460) 950 (700) 1200 (885) 1350 (1000) 1700 (1250) 1580 (1160) 2000 (1475)
M30 660 (490) 850 (625) 1290 (950) 1630 (1200) 1850 (1350) 2300 (1700) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000)
M33 900 (665) 1150 (850) 1750 (1300) 2200 (1625) 2500 (1850) 3150 (2325) 2900 (2150) 3700 (2730)
M36 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3200 (2350) 4050 (3000) 3750 (2770) 4750 (3500)
a
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
b
"Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.
Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening.
procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are for
general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately
50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut, not
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full
replace shear bolts with identical property class. torque value.
OUT3035,TORQUE2 -19-19JUL04-1/1
PN=25
Torque Values
T6873AA —UN—18OCT88
CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric
hardware. Other tools may not fit properly.
They may slip and cause injury.
T6873AB —UN—18OCT88
loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher
grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should
only be tightened to the strength of the original.
Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly
start thread engagement. This will prevent them from
failing when tightening.
T6873AC —UN—18OCT88
Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50
percent of amount shown in chart.
METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUESa
T-Bolt H-Bolt M-Bolt
Nomi-
nal Dia N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft
8 29 21 20 15 10 7
10 63 46 45 33 20 15
12 108 80 88 65 34 25
14 176 130 137 101 54 40
16 265 195 206 152 78 58
18 392 289 294 217 118 87
20 539 398 392 289 167 125
22 735 542 539 398 216 159
24 931 687 686 506 274 202
27 1372 1012 1029 759 392 289
30 1911 1410 1421 1049 539 398
33 2548 1890 1911 1410 735 542
36 3136 2314 2401 1772 931 687
a
Torque tolerance is ±10%.
04T,90,M170 -19-29SEP99-1/1
PN=26
Torque Values
TORQ1A —UN—27SEP99
Top—SAE Grade and Head Markings; Bottom—SAE Grade and Nut Markings
Grade 1 (No Mark) Grade 2a (No Mark) Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 Grade 8 or 8.2
b c
Thread Lubricated Dry Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc
Size Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft)
1/4 3.8 (2.8) 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 7.5 (5.5) 9.5 (7) 12 (9) 13.5 (10) 17 (12.5)
5/16 7.7 (5.7) 9.8 (7.2) 12 (9) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5) 25 (18.5) 28 (20.5) 35 (26)
3/8 13.5 (10) 17.5 (13) 22 (16) 27.5 (20) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 49 (36) 63 (46)
7/16 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 56 (41) 70 (52) 80 (59) 100 (74)
1/2 34 (25) 42 (31) 53 (39) 67 (49) 85 (63) 110 (80) 120 (88) 155 (115)
9/16 48 (35.5) 60 (45) 76 (56) 95 (70) 125 (92) 155 (115) 175 (130) 220 (165)
5/8 67 (49) 85 (63) 105 (77) 135 (100) 170 (125) 215 (160) 240 (175) 305 (225)
3/4 120 (88) 150 (110) 190 (140) 240 (175) 300 (220) 380 (280) 425 (315) 540 (400)
7/8 190 (140) 240 (175) 190 (140) 240 (175) 490 (360) 615 (455) 690 (510) 870 (640)
1 285 (210) 360 (265) 285 (210) 360 (265) 730 (540) 920 (680) 1030 (760) 1300 (960)
1-1/8 400 (300) 510 (375) 400 (300) 510 (375) 910 (670) 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 1850 (1350)
1-1/4 570 (420) 725 (535) 570 (420) 725 (535) 1280 (945) 1630 (1200) 2050 (1500) 2600 (1920)
1-3/8 750 (550) 950 (700) 750 (550) 950 (700) 1700 (1250) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000) 3400 (2500)
1-1/2 990 (730) 1250 (930) 990 (730) 1250 (930) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3600 (2650) 4550 (3350)
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long, and
for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
c
"Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread
procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are for engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening.
general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically.
Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut, not
replace shear bolts with identical grade. to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full
torque value.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher
grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to the strength
of the original.
OUT3035,TORQUE1 -19-14JAN04-1/1
PN=27
Torque Values
T6234AC —UN—18OCT88
Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop
leaks.
3. Align tube with fitting before attempting to start nut.
4. Lubricate male threads with hydraulic fluid or
petroleum jelly.
5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand.
STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART
6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on torque Thread Size N·m lb-ft
chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening
3/8 - 24 UNF 8 6
fittings.
7/16 - 20 UNF 12 9
1/2 - 20 UNF 16 12
9/16 - 18 UNF 24 18
3/4 - 16 UNF 46 34
7/8 - 14 UNF 62 46
1-1/16 - 12 UN 102 75
1-3/16 - 12 UN 122 90
1-5/16 - 12 UN 142 105
1-5/8 - 12 190 140
1-7/8 - 12 UN 217 160
T82,BHMA,EL -19-29SEP99-1/1
T6243AE —UN—18OCT88
2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical
tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over
tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape.
3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.
PN=28
Torque Values
Angle Fitting
1. Back-off lock nut (A) and back-up washer (B)
completely to head-end (C) of fitting.
2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until back-up washer
contacts face of boss.
T6520AB —UN—18OCT88
3. Turn fitting head-end counterclockwise to proper index
(maximum of one turn).
NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.
04T,90,K66 -19-29SEP99-2/2
PN=29
Torque Values
T6873AE —UN—18OCT88
Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop
leaks.
3. Align the tube with the fitting before attempting to start
the nut.
4. Lubricate the male threads with hydraulic fluid or
petroleum jelly. Straight Thread
T6873AD —UN—18OCT88
Thread Size N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft
1/8 15 11
1/4 20 15 45 33
3/8 29 21 69 51
1/2 49 36 93 69
3/4 69 51 176 130
Tapered Thread
1 157 116 343 253
1-1/2 196 145 539 398
2 255 188 588 434
a
Torque tolerance is ±10%.
b
With seat face.
PN=30
Torque Values
Service Recommendations For Flat Face 4. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the
O-Ring Seal Fittings chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening
1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces and O-ring. They fittings, use backup wrench on straight hose couplings.
must be free of dirt or defects. IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings to 150% of listed torque
2. Lubricate O-rings and install into grove using value if indexing is necessary or if fitting is
petroleum jelly to hold in place. attached to an actuating devise.
3. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint Tighten fittings to 50% of listed torque value
together to insure O-ring remains in place. if used in aluminum housing.
OUO6092,00010A4 -19-02JAN08-1/1
PN=31
Torque Values
T196315 —UN—17NOV03
O-Ring Boss Straight and Adjustable Fittings
1— Straight Fitting 3— Stud End 5— Hex Nut
2— O-Ring 4— Adjustable Fitting 6— Backup Washer
O-RING BOSS STRAIGHT OR ADJUSTABLE FITTING STUD END O-RING BOSS PLUG STUD END WITH INCH THREAD IN
NUT WITH METRIC THREAD IN ALUMINUM HOUSING TORQUE ALUMINUM HOUSING TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is ±
VALUES—Tolerance is ± 10% unless otherwise specified 10% unless otherwise specified
Thread Size Hex Nut Size Thread Size
mm mm Nm (lb-ft) in. Nm (lb-ft)
M12 x 1.5 17 39 (29) 1/8 7.8 (5.80)
M14 x 1.5 19 39 (29) 1/4 11.8 (8.70)
M16 x 1.5 22 55 (41) 3/8 23 (17)
M22 x 1.5 27 75 (55) 1/2 39 (29)
M27 x 2 32 110 (81) 3/4 55 (41)
M30 x 2 36 141 (104) 1 86 (64)
M33 x 2 41 165 (122) 1-1/4 126 (93)
M38 x 2 46 165 (122) 1-1/2 157 (116)
M42 x 2 50 275 (203) 2 204 (150)
O-RING BOSS STRAIGHT OR ADJUSTABLE FITTING STUD END 1. Inspect fitting and O-ring boss sealing surfaces and
NUT WITH INCH THREAD IN ALUMINUM HOUSING TORQUE
VALUES—Tolerance is ± 10% unless otherwise specified
the O-ring. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks,
or burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks,
Thread Size
in. Nm (lb-ft)
swelling or flatten condition.
1/8 — 2. Back the stud end hex nut (5) off as far as possible.
1/4 28 (20) Push backup washer (6) towards the nut to fully
3/8 39 (29) expose the turn down section of stud end. Washer
must fit turned down section and not be too loose
1/2 75 (55)
3/4 126 (93) 3. Wrap electrical tape over threads to protect O-ring.
1 165 (122) Slide O-ring over the tape into turned down section.
1-1/8 — Remove tape. Apply hydraulic oil to the threads of
stud end, turned down section, and O-ring.
1-1/4 259 (191)
1-3/8 — 4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or
1-1/2 330 (243) backup washer squeezes O-ring into the seat and
1-3/4 — contacts face of boss. Loosen an adjustable fitting no
more than one turn for alignment.
2 —
5. Tighten straight fitting or hex nut to the torque value
given. Hold body of adjustable fitting using a second
wrench when tightening hex nut.
OUT3035,0000353 -19-28MAY09-1/1
PN=32
Torque Values
A B
C D
H70406 —UN—12DEC01
G
E
H F
F
E
A—90° Swivel Elbow and Tube C—Stud Straight and Tube Nut E—Stud End G—Swivel Nut
Nut D—Bulkhead Union and Nut F— Tube Nut H—Hex Nut
B—90° Adjustable Stud Elbow
Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut Bulkhead Nut
Metric Tube OD Inch Tube OD or Hose ID Thread Size Hex Size Torque Hex Size Torque
mm Dash Size mm (in.) in. in. Nm (lb-ft) in. Nm (lb-ft)
5 -3 4.78 (0.188) — — — — —
6 -4 6.35 (0.250) 9/16-18 11/16 24 (18) 13/16 32 (24)
8 -5 7.92 (0.312) — — — — —
10 -6 9.53 (0.375) 11/16-16 13/16 37 (27) 1 42 (31)
12 -8 12.70 (0.500) 13/16-16 15/16 75 (55) 1-1/8 93 (69)
16 -10 15.88 (0.625) 1-14 1-1/8 103 (76) 1-5/16 118 (87)
20 -12 19.05 (0.750) 1-3/16-12 1-3/8 152 (112) 1-1/2 175 (129)
22 -14 22.23 (0.875) 1-3/16-12 — 152 (112) — 175 (129)
25 -16 25.40 (1.000) 1-7/16-12 1-5/8 214 (158) 1-3/4 247 (182)
32 -20 31.75 (1.250) 1-11/16-12 1-7/8 286 (211) 2 328 (242)
38 -24 38.10 (1.500) 2-12 2-1/4 326 (240) 2-3/8 374 (276)
O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH SAE INCH STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27
600 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
Thread Size Straight Hex Sizea Adjustable Nut Hex Size Steel or Gray Iron Torque
in. in. in. Nm (lb-ft)
3/8-24 5/8 9/16 18 (13)
7/16-20 5/8 5/8 24 (18)
1/2-20 3/4 11/16 30 (22)
9/16-18 3/4 3/4 37 (27)
3/4-16 7/8 15/16 75 (55)
7/8-14 1-1/16 1-1/16 103 (76)
1-1/16-12 1-1/4 1-3/8 177 (131)
1-3/16-12 1-3/8 1-1/2 231 (170)
1-5/16-12 1-1/2 1-5/8 270 (199)
1-5/8-12 1-3/4 1-7/8 286 (211)
1-7/8-12 2-1/8 2-1/8 326 (240)
a
Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.
1. Inspect fitting and connector sealing surfaces and the 2. Back the stud end hex nut off as far as possible. Push
O-rings. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks, backup washer towards the nut to fully expose the turn
and burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks, down section. Washer must fit turned down section
swelling or flatten condition. and not be too loose
Continued on next page OUT3035,0000420 -19-14JAN04-1/2
PN=33
Torque Values
PN=34
Torque Values
1 2 3 4
10
T196337 —UN—18NOV03
7 9
11 8 11
6 6 5
10 11
10
8 8
T196337
1— 90° Swivel Elbow 4— Bulkhead Union and Nut 7— Swivel Nut 10— O-Ring
2— 90° Adjustable Stud Elbow 5— External Hex Stud End Plug 8— Stud End 11— Identification Groove
3— Stud Straight 6— Tube Nut 9— Hex Nut
Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut Bulkhead Nut
Metric Tube Inch Tube OD or Hose ID Thread Size Hex Size Torque Hex Size Torque
OD
mm Dash Size mm (in.) in. mm Nm (lb-ft) mm Nm (lb-ft)
4 -2 3.18 (0.125) — — — — —
5 -3 4.78 (0.188) — — — — —
6 -4 6.35 (0.250) 9/16-18 17 16 (12) 22 32 (24)
8 -5 7.92 (0.312) — — — — —
10 -6 9.53 (0.375) 11/16-16 22 24 (18) 27 42 (31)
12 -8 12.70 (0.500) 13/16-16 24 50 (37) 30 93 (69)
16 -10 15.88 (0.625 1-14 30 69 (51) 36 118 (87)
20 -12 19.05 (0.750) 1-3/16-12 36 102 (75) 41 175 (129)
22 -14 22.23 (0.875) 1-3/16-12 36 102 (75) 41 175 (129)
25 -16 25.40 (1.000) 1-7/16-12 41 142 (105) 46 247 (182)
28 — — — — — — —
32 -20 31.75 (1.250) 1-11/16-12 50 190 (140) 50 328 (242)
38 -24 38.10 (1.500) 2-12 60 217 (160) 60 374 (276)
50 -32 50.80 (2.000) — — — — —
O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW
27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4,000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
Thread Sizea Straight Hex Sizeb Adjustable Nut Hex Size Steel or Gray Iron Torque Aluminum or Brass Torque
mm. mm mm Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft)
M8 x 1 12 12 8 (6) 5 (4)
M10 x 1 14 14 15 (11) 10 (7)
M12 x 1.5 17 17 25 (18) 17 (12)
M14 x 1.5 19 19 40 (30) 27 (20)
M16 x 1.5 22 22 45 (33) 30 (22)
M18 x 1.5 24 24 50 (37) 33 (25)
M22 x 1.5 27 27 69 (51) 46 (34)
M27 x 2 32 32 100 (74) 67 (49)
M30 x 2 36 36 130 (96) 87 (64)
M33 x 2 41 41 160 (118) 107 (79)
M38 x 2 46 46 176 (130) 117 (87)
M42 x 2 50 50 210 (155) 140 (103)
Continued on next page OUT3035,0000366 -19-14JAN04-1/2
PN=35
Torque Values
O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW
27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4,000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
Thread Sizea Straight Hex Sizeb Adjustable Nut Hex Size Steel or Gray Iron Torque Aluminum or Brass Torque
mm. mm mm Nm (lb-ft) Nm (lb-ft)
M48 x 2 55 55 260 (192) 173 (128)
M60 x 2 65 65 315 (232) 210 (155)
a
Stud end threads are identified as metric by an identification groove in the hex nut next to the O-ring.
b
Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.
1. Inspect fitting and connector sealing surfaces and the To protect an O-ring from threads, wrap electrical tape
O-rings. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks, over the threads. Slide O-ring over the tape into the
and burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks, turned down section. Remove the tape.
swelling or flatten condition.
4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or
2. Back the stud end hex nut off as far as possible. Push washer squeezes the O-ring into the seat and contacts
backup washer towards the nut to fully expose the turn face of boss. Loosen adjustable fittings no more than
down section. Washer must fit turned down section one turn for alignment.
and not be too loose
Hold connections together while tightening nut to
3. Lubricate O-rings using a thin film of clean hydraulic oil ensure O-ring remains in place.
or as needed, petroleum jelly to hold O-ring in place.
5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a
Install O-ring into groove making sure it is seated at second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep
the bottom. Excess petroleum jelly will prevent seating hose from twisting while tightening nut.
of O-ring and cause it to pop out.
OUT3035,0000366 -19-14JAN04-2/2
PN=36
Torque Values
1 2 3 4
10
T196337 —UN—18NOV03
7 9
11 8 11
6 6 5
10 11
10
8 8
T196337
1— 90° Swivel Elbow 4— Bulkhead Union and Nut 7— Swivel Nut 10— O-Ring
2— 90° Adjustable Stud Elbow 5— External Hex Stud End Plug 8— Stud End 11— Identification Groove
3— Stud Straight 6— Tube Nut 9— Hex Nut
Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut Bulkhead Nut
Metric Tube OD Inch Tube OD or Hose ID Thread Size Hex Size Torque Hex Size Torque
mm Dash Size mm (in.) in. mm Nm (lb-ft) mm Nm (lb-ft)
4 -2 3.18 (0.125) — — — — —
5 -3 4.78 (0.188) — — — — —
6 -4 6.35 (0.250) 9/16-18 17 24 (18) 22 32 (24)
8 -5 7.92 (0.312) — — — — —
10 -6 9.53 (0.375) 11/16-16 22 37 (27) 27 42 (31)
12 -8 12.70 (0.500) 13/16-16 24 75 (55) 30 93 (69)
16 -10 15.88 (0.625) 1-14 30 103 (76) 36 118 (87)
20 -12 19.05 (0.750) 1-3/16-12 36 152 (112) 41 175 (129)
22 -14 22.23 (0.875) 1-3/16-12 36 152 (112) 41 175 (129)
25 -16 25.40 (1.000) 1-7/16-12 41 214 (158) 46 247 (182)
28 — — — — — — —
32 -20 31.75 (1.250) 1-11/16-12 — 286 (211) 50 328 (242)
38 -24 38.10 (1.500) 2-12 — 326 (240) 60 374 (276)
O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600
KPA (275.8 BAR) (4,000 PSI), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
Thread Sizea Straight Hex Sizeb Adjustable Nut Hex Size Steel or Gray Iron Torque
mm. mm mm Nm (lb-ft)
M8 x 1 12 12 8 (6)
M10 x 1 14 14 15 (11)
M12 x 1.5 17 17 35 (26)
M14 x 1.5 19 19 45 (33)
M16 x 1.5 22 22 55 (41)
M18 x 1.5 24 24 70 (52)
M22 x 1.5 27 27 100 (74)
M27 x 2 32 32 170 (125)
M30 x 2 36 36 215 159)
M33 x 2 41 41 260 (192)
M38 x 2 46 46 320 (236)
M42 x 2 50 50 360 (266)
M48 x 2 55 55 420 (310)
PN=37
Torque Values
O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600
KPA (275.8 BAR) (4,000 PSI), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified
Thread Sizea Straight Hex Sizeb Adjustable Nut Hex Size Steel or Gray Iron Torque
mm. mm mm Nm (lb-ft)
a
Stud end threads are identified as metric by an identification groove in the hex nut next to the O-ring.
b
Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.
1. Inspect fitting and connector sealing surfaces and the To protect an O-ring from threads, wrap electrical tape
O-rings. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks, over the threads. Slide O-ring over the tape into the
and burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks, turned down section. Remove the tape.
swelling or flatten condition.
4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or
2. Back the stud end hex nut off as far as possible. Push washer squeezes the O-ring into the seat and contacts
backup washer towards the nut to fully expose the turn face of boss. Loosen adjustable fittings no more than
down section. Washer must fit turned down section one turn for alignment.
and not be too loose
Hold connections together while tightening nut to
3. Lubricate O-rings using a thin film of clean hydraulic oil ensure O-ring remains in place.
or as needed, petroleum jelly to hold O-ring in place.
5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a
Install O-ring into groove making sure it is seated at second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep
the bottom. Excess petroleum jelly will prevent seating hose from twisting while tightening nut.
of O-ring and cause it to pop out.
OUT3035,0000421 -19-14JAN04-2/2
PN=38
Torque Values
T6890BB —UN—01MAR90
A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange
PN=39
Torque Values
T6890BB —UN—01MAR90
A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange
PN=40
Torque Values
Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting For High Pressure Service Recommendations
T6890BB —UN—01MAR90
A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange
INCH SERIES FOUR BOLT FLANGE FITTING FOR 41 400 kPa (414 If imperfection cannot be polished out, replace
bar) (6000 psi) PRESSURE SERIES TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance component.
is ± 10% unless otherwise specified
Nominal Cap Screw Sizea Min—Max Torque 2. Install the O-ring (and backup ring, if used) into
Flange Size groove. Use petroleum jelly to hold it in place.
in. in. Nm (lb-ft)b
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT
1/2 5/16-18 UNC 20—31 (15—23)
tighten one cap screw fully before tightening
3/4 3/8-16 UNC 34—54 (25—40) the others. DO NOT over tighten.
1 7/16-14 UNC 57—85 (42—63)
1-1/4 1/2-13 UNC 85—131 (63—97) 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves.
1-1/2 5/8-11 UNC 159—264 (117—195) Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular
2 3/4-10 UNC 271—468 (200—345)
to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange halves
a and line in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).
JDM A17D, SAE Grade 5 or better cap screws with plated hardware.
Lock washers are permissible but not recommended. Single piece flange (D): Make sure flange is centrally
b
Minimum torques given are enough for the given size connection with located on port and line is centered in flange. Install
the recommended working pressure. Torques can be increased to the the cap screws. Hand tighten cap screws to hold
maximum shown for each cap screw size if desired. Increasing cap
screw torque beyond the maximum will result in flange and cap screw
flange and line in place. Do not pinch O-ring.
bending and connection failures.
4. Tighten one cap screw and then the diagonally
opposite cap screw. Tighten the two remaining cap
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches, screws. Tighten cap screws within the specified torque
nicks, and burrs cause leaks. Roughness causes values.
O-ring wear. Out-of-flat causes O-ring extrusion.
OUT3035,0000422 -19-14JAN04-1/1
PN=41
Torque Values
T113948 —UN—06MAR98
indicates “light” designed fitting and the S
indicates “heavy” designed fitting.
Torque Value
Tube Fitting Metric Thread N·m lb-ft
O.D. Size
6 L M 10 x 1 30 22
8 L M 12 x 1.5 40 30
Torque Value
10 L M 14 x 1.5 60 44
Tube Fitting Inch Size N·m lb-ft
12 L M 16 x 1.5 100 74 O.D. Size
15 L M 18 x 1.5 130 96 6 L 25 18
1/8
18 L M 22 x 1.5 160 118
8 L 1/4 50 37
22 L M 26 x 1.5 250 184
10 L 1/4 50 37
28 L M 33 x 2 400 295
12 L 3/8 90 66
35 L M 42 x 2 600 443
15 L 1/2 130 96
42 L M48 x 2 800 590
18 L 1/2 150 111
6 S M 12 x 1.5 40 30
22 L 3/4 250 184
8 S M 14 x 1.5 60 44
28 L 1 400 295
10 S M 16 x 1.5 100 74
35 L 1-1/4 600 443
12 S M 18 x 1.5 130 96
42 L 1-1/2 800 590
14 S M 20 x 1.5 160 118
6 S 1/4 50 37
16 S M 22 x 1.5 160 118
8 S 1/4 50 37
20 S M 27 x 2 250 184
10 S 3/8 90 66
25 S M 33 x 2 400 295
12 S 3/8 100 74
30 S M 42 x 2 600 443
14 S 1/2 130 96
38 S M 48 x 2 800 590
16 S 1/2 150 111
20 S 3/4 250 184
25 S 1 400 295
30 S 1-1/4 600 443
38 S 1-1/2 800 590
CED,OUO1002,562 -19-09MAR98-1/1
PN=42
Torque Values
T113957 —UN—06MAR98
To replace seal, put electrical tape over threads to
protect seal. Slide seal over tape and into seal groove
of fitting. Remove tape.
3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.
IMPORTANT: Do not allow hoses to twist when
tightening fittings.
Torque Value
NOTE: The L in the Tube Fitting OD Size column Tube Fitting Inch Size N·m lb-ft
indicates “light” designed fitting and the S O.D. Size
indicates “heavy” designed fitting. 6 L 1/8 20 15
8 L 1/4 40 30
Torque Value
10 L 1/4 40 30
Tube Fitting Metric Thread N·m lb-ft
12 L 3/8 80 59
O.D. Size
15 L 1/2 140 103
6 L M 10 x 1 20 15
18 L 1/2 100 74
8 L M 12 x 1.5 30 22
22 L 3/4 180 133
10 L M 14 x 1.5 45 33
28 L 1 300 221
12 L M 16 x 1.5 60 44
35 L 1-1/4 600 443
15 L M 18 x 1.5 80 59
42 L 1-1/2 800 590
18 L M 22 x 1.5 130 96
6 S 1/4 50 37
22 L M 26 x 1.5 190 140
8 S 1/4 50 37
28 L M 33 x 2 300 221
10 S 3/8 90 66
35 L M 42 x 2 600 443
42 L M48 x 2 800 590 12 S 3/8 90 66
PN=43
Torque Values
PN=44
Torque Values
T113889 —UN—06MAR98
and “light” designs. Usually “heavy” is used for
pressure lines and “light” for return lines.
Some “heavy” and “light” sizes can be threaded
together but do not seal properly. Be sure not
to mix “heavy” and “light” fittings.
PN=45
Torque Values
PN=46
Section 01
Tracks
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 0130
Track System
Track Roller Remove and Install
1. Swing upperstructure 90° and lower bucket to raise
track off ground. Keep angle between boom and arm
90—110° and position round side of bucket on ground.
T6876FG —UN—06DEC88
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
unexpected machine movement. Put shop
stands under frame to support machine
while removing track roller.
RH60123,0000291 -19-01AUG11-1/3
TX1093519A —UN—15JUN11
3. Loosen nut and valve assembly (2) one turn to release
grease from track adjuster cylinder through bleed hole
(1).
PN=49
Track System
TX1093521A —UN—15JUN11
Specification
Track Roller—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 80 kg
176 lb.
Specification
Track Roller-to-Frame
Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................740 N·m Specification
545 lb-ft Track Roller Oil (engine
oil SAE 30)—Capacity
9. Check roller oil level by removing plug in bracket. Add (approximate)...................................................................................... 1 L
oil as necessary. 1 qt.
PN=50
Track System
TX1008198 —UN—24MAY06
Cap Screw and Roller
1— Roller 2— Axle 3— Bracket 4— Plug
Continued on next page RH60123,0000292 -19-01AUG11-1/3
PN=51
Track System
TX1093531 —UN—15JUN11
Track Roller
5— Plug (2 used) 7— Pin (2 used) 9— Metal Face Seal with O-Ring 11— Roller
6— Bracket (2 used) 8— O-Ring (2 used) (2 used) 12— Shaft
10— Bushing
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 2. Remove plug (5) and drain oil.
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
Specification
Track Roller Oil (engine
1. Remove track roller. See Track Roller Remove and
oil SAE 30)—Capacity
Install. (Group 0130.)
(approximate)...................................................................................... 1 L
Specification 1 qt.
Track Roller—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 80 kg 3. Remove pin (7).
176 lb.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000292 -19-01AUG11-2/3
PN=52
Track System
5. Remove metal face seal (9) from roller and bracket. 19. Install shaft with assembled parts into roller.
Keep seal rings together as a matched set with seal 20. Install O-ring (8) on shaft.
ring faces together to protect surfaces.
IMPORTANT: O-rings and seat surfaces for O-rings
NOTE: For seals that are reused, put a piece of cardboard must be clean, dry, and oil free so O-rings do
between seal rings to protect seal face. not slip when roller is turning. Machine damage
can occur if O-rings are not seated properly.
6. Inspect seals. See Metal Face Seal Inspection.
(Group 0130.) 21. Clean metal face seals with O-rings, seat surfaces in
7. Remove shaft (12) from roller (11). brackets, and seal rings using volatile non-petroleum
base solvent with a lint-free tissue.
NOTE: Only remove bushings if replacement is necessary.
NOTE: Apply equal pressure with fingers at four equally
8. Remove bushings (10) using a 2-jaw puller and spaced points on seal face. Seal must “pop” down
adapters from puller set. into place so O-ring is tight against seal bore. A
volatile, non-petroleum base solvent or talcum
9. Inspect and replace as necessary. powder may be used as a lubricant.
10. Install one O-ring (8) on shaft. 22. Install metal face seals with O-rings on bracket.
11. Apply a thin layer of TY24811 NEVER-SEEZ® to shaft 23. Wipe fingerprints and foreign material off seal ring face
and bore in bracket. using clean oil and lint-free tissues. Apply a thin film of
12. Install shaft into bracket. oil to each seal ring face.
13. Install one pin (7). 24. Install metal face seals with O-rings and bracket onto
shaft as one assembly.
IMPORTANT: O-rings and seat surfaces for O-rings
must be clean, dry, and oil free so O-rings do 25. Install pin.
not slip when roller is turning. Machine damage 26. Fill track roller to specification. Apply PM37509 Cure
can occur if O-rings are not seated properly. Primer and PM37397 Pipe Sealant to threads of plug.
Install plug.
14. Clean metal face seals with O-rings, seat surfaces in
brackets, and seal rings using volatile non-petroleum Specification
base solvent with a lint-free tissue. Track Roller Oil (engine
oil SAE 30)—Capacity
NOTE: Apply equal pressure with fingers at four equally (approximate)...................................................................................... 1 L
spaced points on seal face. Seal must “pop” down 1 qt.
into place so O-ring is tight against seal bore. A
volatile, non-petroleum base solvent or talcum Specification
powder may be used as a lubricant. Plug—Torque.................................................................................30 N·m
22 lb.-ft.
15. Install metal face seals with O-rings on bracket. 27. Install track roller. See Track Roller Remove and
16. Wipe fingerprints and foreign material off seal ring face Install. (Group 0130.)
using clean oil and lint-free tissues. Apply a thin film of
oil to each seal ring face.
17. Apply PM37509 Cure Primer and PM38611 Pipe
Sealant to threads of plug. Install plug and torque to
specification.
NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Bostik Findley, Inc.
RH60123,0000292 -19-01AUG11-3/3
PN=53
Track System
TX1095157A —UN—27JUL11
oil SAE 30)—Capacity
(approximate)............................................................................... 500 mL
16 oz.
7— Plug
Plug
RH60123,0000293 -19-01AUG11-1/2
TX1094904A —UN—21JUL11
Track Roller Oil
Cavity—Pressure................................................................ 82—138 kPa
12—20 psi
RH60123,0000293 -19-01AUG11-2/2
PN=54
Track System
TX1093519A —UN—15JUN11
from track adjuster cylinder.
RH60123,0000294 -19-01AUG11-1/3
T6557DJ —UN—25OCT88
Specification
Track Carrier
Roller—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 39 kg
86 lb.
TX1093544A —UN—15JUN11
6. Install track carrier roller. Torque cap screws to
specification.
Specification
Track Carrier
Roller-to-Frame Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................400 N·m
295 lb-ft
Track Carrier Roller
7. Check roller oil level by removing plug in cover. Add
oil to specification.
3— Track Carrier Roller 4— Cap Screw (4 used)
Specification
Track Carrier Roller
(engine oil SAE
30)—Capacity 9. Adjust tracks to specification. See Check and Adjust
(approximate)............................................................................... 120 mL Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.)
4 oz.
PN=55
Track System
TX1008207 —UN—24MAY06
Track Carrier Roller Assembly
1— Cap Screw (3 used) 5— Thrust Washer 9— Cap Screw (3 used) 13— Cap Screw (4 used)
2— Plug 6— Bushing 10— Metal Face Seal
3— Cover 7— Bushing 11— Axle
4— O-Ring 8— Roller 12— Bracket
1. Remove track carrier roller. See Track Carrier Roller 7. Install bushing (6) in roller so flange is tight against
Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) shoulder. Install bushing (7).
2. Remove plug (2) to drain oil. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to O-rings. O-rings and
Specification seat surfaces must be clean, dry, and oil free so
Track Carrier Roller O-rings do not slip when roller is turning.
(engine oil SAE
30)—Capacity 8. Thoroughly clean the O-rings and seat surfaces
(approximate)............................................................................... 120 mL in roller, bracket, and seal rings using a volatile,
4 oz. non-petroleum base solvent and lint-free tissues.
3. Remove cap screws (1), cover (3), O-ring (4), thrust 9. Install O-ring on seal rings.
washer (5), and cap screws (9) to remove roller (8).
NOTE: Apply equal pressure with the fingers at four
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to seal ring face. A seal equally spaced points on seal ring face. Seal
must be kept together as a set because of must “pop” into place so O-ring and seal ring
wear patterns. Metal face seals can be reused is seated squarely in bore.
if they are not worn or damaged.
10. Install seal rings and O-rings as an assembly into
4. Remove metal face seal (10) from roller (8) and bracket and roller.
bracket (12). Keep seal rings together as a matched
set with faces together to protect lapped surfaces. NOTE: A volatile, non-petroleum base solvent or talcum
See Metal Face Seal Inspection. (Group 0130.) powder may be used as a lubricant.
5. Remove bushings (6 and 7). 11. Clean seal ring face using clean oil and lint-free
tissues. Apply a thin film of oil to each seal ring face.
6. Inspect and replace as necessary.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000295 -19-01AUG11-1/2
PN=56
Track System
12. Install roller and thrust washer. Torque cap screws Specification
to specification. Track Carrier Roller
Track Carrier Roller—Specification (Engine Oil SAE
Thrust Washer-to-Axle 30)—Capacity
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................64 N·m (approximate)............................................................................... 120 mL
47 lb-ft 4 oz.
13. Install O-ring and cover. Torque cap screws to 15. Apply PM37509 Cure Primer and PM38611 Pipe
specification. Sealant to threads of plug. Install plug and torque to
specification.
Track Carrier Roller—Specification
Cover-to-Roller Cap Specification
Screw—Torque..............................................................................64 N·m Plug—Torque.................................................................................30 N·m
47 lb-ft 22 lb.-ft.
14. Fill roller with clean oil. 16. Install track carrier roller. See Track Carrier Roller
Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)
RH60123,0000295 -19-01AUG11-2/2
TX1008208 —UN—24MAY06
1— Seal Ring 4— Outer Half of Seal Ring Face
2— Worn Area (shaded area) 5— Sealing Area (dark line)
3— Seal Ring Face
RH60123,0000296 -19-01AUG11-1/3
PN=57
Track System
TX1008335A —UN—26MAY06
Thoroughly dry parts using a lint-free tissue.
Apply a thin film of oil to seal ring face. Put face of
seal rings together and hold using tape.
1— Seal Face
Seal Face
RH60123,0000296 -19-01AUG11-3/3
TX1093550A —UN—15JUN11
1. Remove nuts (5), cap screws (1), and track shoe (2).
Specification
Track Shoe 600
mm—Weight.................................................................................... 28 kg
62 lb.
Specification
Track Shoe 750
mm—Weight.................................................................................... 36 kg Track Shoes
79 lb. 1
3
Specification 3 2
Track Shoe 900
mm—Weight.................................................................................... 42 kg
93 lb.
4
TX1093551 —UN—12SEP11
2. Inspect and replace as necessary.
5
3. Apply a light coat of oil to cap screw threads and
install shoe. 5 4
4. Install all track shoe cap screws and nuts with rounded
edges (3) against the link and chamfered edges (4) 5
away from the link. Be sure nut is properly positioned
Track Shoe Cap Screw and Nut
in the link so there is full contact between the nut and
the link.
1— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Chamfered Edge
2— Track Shoe 5— Nut (4 used)
3— Rounded Edge
PN=58
Track System
TX1093552 —UN—15JUN11
1 4
Torque Sequence
RH60123,0000297 -19-01AUG11-2/2
TX1093519A —UN—15JUN11
the ground.
2. Raise excavator so bottom of sprocket clears track Nut and Valve Assembly
chain.
Specification
1— Bleed Hole 2— Nut and Valve Assembly
Machine Weight—Weight
(approximate)........................................................................... 49 420 kg
108 952 lb.
PN=59
Track System
TX1093565A —UN—15JUN11
Specification
Track Chain 900
mm—Weight................................................................................ 3380 kg
7452 lb.
PN=60
Track System
TX1008216 —UN—24JUL06
PN=61
Track System
PN=62
Track System
Track Link Repair to Replace Broken Part 1. Remove three track shoes surrounding damaged area.
NOTE: This procedure is to address a broken track See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)
pin or broken track link.
6
5
9
3 7 8
1
4 11
TX1098001 —UN—16SEP11
10
2
TX1098001
Track Pin
1— Broken Track Pin 4— Cut Point 7— Bushing 10— Track Pin
2— Bushing 5— Grind Point 8— Grind Point 11— Track Link Assembly
3— Cut Point 6— Track Link 9— Track Link
NOTE: All track pins, bushing and links will be discarded IMPORTANT: When operating cutting torch, use
and replaced with new parts. care to avoid damage to good parts.
2. Remove broken track pin (1). 3. Cut bushing (2) and pin at cut points (3 and 4).
Continued on next page RH60123,0000442 -19-21SEP11-1/6
PN=63
Track System
2 7 8
11
2
10
TX1098002 —UN—21SEP11
TX1098002
Bushing
2— Bushing 10— Track Pin 11— Track Link Assembly
4. Push remaining sections of bushing (2) and track pin 6. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
(10) inward to remove and discard damaged parts.
5. Grind bushing (7) at grind points (5 and 8) until flush
with track links (6 and 9).
Continued on next page RH60123,0000442 -19-21SEP11-2/6
PN=64
Track System
12
1
TX1098003 —UN—16SEP11
10
12 12
11
TX1098003
Track Link Assembly
1— Replacement Track Pin 10— Replacement Track Pin 11— Replacement Track Link 12— Collar (4 used)
Assembly
7. Install replacement track link assembly (11) and collars Broken Track Link Assembly Replacement
(12).
1. Remove three track shoes surrounding damaged area.
8. Install replacement track pin (10). See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)
9. Install replacement track pin (1).
10. Install three track shoes surrounding damaged area.
See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)
Continued on next page RH60123,0000442 -19-21SEP11-3/6
PN=65
Track System
5
9
8
13 7
11
1
4
3
2
14
TX1098008 —UN—16SEP11
10
TX1098008
Track Pin
1— Track Pin 5— Grind Point 9— Track Link 14— Cut Point
2— Bushing 6— Track Link 10— Track Pin
3— Cut Point 7— Bushing 11— Track Link Assembly
4— Cut Point 8— Grind Point 13— Cut Point
IMPORTANT: When operating cutting torch, use IMPORTANT: When operating cutting torch, use
care to avoid damage to good parts. care to avoid damage to good parts.
NOTE: All track pins, bushing and links will be discarded 3. Cut track link assembly (11) at cut points (13 and 14).
and replaced with new parts.
4. Remove track pin (1) and remaining sections of track
2. Cut bushing (2) and pin at cut points (3 and 4). link assembly (11). Discard damaged parts.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000442 -19-21SEP11-4/6
PN=66
Track System
9
11
2 7 8
2
10
TX1098035 —UN—21SEP11
TX1098035
Bushing
2— Bushing 10— Track Pin 11— Track Link Assembly
5. Push remaining sections of track pin (10) and track 7. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
link assembly (11) inward to remove and discard
damaged parts.
6. Grind bushing (7) at grind points (5 and 8) until flush
with track links (6 and 9).
Continued on next page RH60123,0000442 -19-21SEP11-5/6
PN=67
Track System
12
1
TX1098003 —UN—16SEP11
10
12 12
11
TX1098003
Track Link Assembly
1— Replacement Track Pin 10— Replacement Track Pin 11— Replacement Track Link 12— Collar (4 used)
Assembly
8. Install replacement track link assembly (11) and collars 11. Install three track shoes surrounding damaged area.
(12). See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)
9. Install replacement track pin (10).
10. Install replacement track pin (1).
RH60123,0000442 -19-21SEP11-6/6
PN=68
Track System
Sprocket Remove and Install To extend service life, change sprockets from
one side of machine to the other.
IMPORTANT: Sprocket must be replaced when the
tooth tips become excessively rounded, worn, 1. Disconnect track chain. See Track Chain Remove and
or chipped to prevent excessive wear to chain. Install. (Group 0130.)
If machine is driven in one direction a majority
of the time, wear will be on one side of teeth. 2. Lift side of machine so sprocket teeth clear chain.
TX1093622 —UN—16JUN11
1
TX1093622
Sprocket
1— Cap Screw (24 used) 2— Sprocket
6. Install sprocket.
RH60123,000029A -19-01AUG11-1/1
PN=69
Track System
TX1008255A —UN—26MAY06
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
PN=70
Track System
TX1093578 —UN—16JUN11
Front Idler Assembly
1— Pin (2 used) 5— Bracket (2 used) 9— Lock Washer (3 used) 13— O-Ring (2 used)
2— Bushing (2 used) 6— Metal Face Seal (2 used) 10— Yoke 14— Axle
3— Idler 7— Guard 11— Cap Screw (4 used)
4— Plug (2 used) 8— Cap Screw (3 used) 12— Lock Washer (4 used)
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 3. Remove cap screws (11) and remove yoke (10).
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
4. Remove plug (4) to drain oil.
1. Remove front idler. See Front Idler Remove and Specification
Install. (Group 0130.) Front Idler Oil (engine
oil SAE 30)—Capacity
Specification
(approximate)............................................................................... 450 mL
Front Idler—Weight
15 oz.
(approximate)................................................................................ 281 kg
619 lb.
PN=71
Track System
TX1093573A —UN—16JUN11
(approximate).................................................................................. 28 kg
62 lb.
Front Idler
RH60123,000029C -19-01AUG11-2/6
TX1093576A —UN—16JUN11
from 17-1/2 and 30-ton puller set.
9. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
10. Apply a thin film of oil to bushings (2). Install bushings.
2— Bushing 3— Idler
Bushing Removal
PN=72
Track System
TX1093579A —UN—16JUN11
Apply equal pressure with fingers at four equally
spaced points on seal ring face. Seal must “pop”
down into place so O-ring is tight against seal bore. A
volatile, non-petroleum base solvent or talcum powder
may be used as a lubricant. Solvent MUST NOT
damage the O-rings or leave an oil residue.
18. Wipe fingerprints and foreign material off seal ring face Axle
using clean oil and lint-free tissues. Apply a thin film of
oil to each seal ring face. 3— Idler 14— Axle
PN=73
Track System
TX1093573A —UN—16JUN11
22. Thoroughly clean the O-rings and seat surfaces
in idler, brackets, and seal rings using volatile,
non-petroleum base solvent and lint-free tissues.
23. Install O-ring on seal rings.
NOTE: Apply equal pressure with fingers at four equally
spaced points on seal ring face. Seal must "pop"
down into place so O-ring is tight against seal bore. Front Idler
PN=74
Track System
30. Turn front idler 10 revolutions and check for oil leakage.
31. Install yoke (10). Torque cap screws (11) to
specification.
Specification
Yoke-to-Bracket Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................390 N·m
287 lb-ft
TX1093580A —UN—16JUN11
33. Install front idler. See Front Idler Remove and Install.
(Group 0130.)
Specification
Front Idler—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 281 kg
619 lb.
Front Idler
RH60123,000029C -19-01AUG11-6/6
TX1095158A —UN—27JUL11
Front Idler (engine oil
SAE 30)—Capacity
(approximate)................................................................................... .45 L
.47 qt.
5— Plug
Plug
PN=75
Track System
TX1094905A —UN—21JUL11
6. If there is external leakage or if air pressure has
decreased on gauge, disassemble idler. Inspect
and replace parts as necessary. See Front Idler
Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.)
7. Check oil level in idler. If oil level is down and there is
no external leakage, check for a leak from oil cavity
to interior of idler wheel.
Idler Pressure Test Equipment
Specification
Front Idler (engine oil
SAE 30)—Capacity
(approximate)................................................................................... .45 L
.47 qt.
TX1094903A —UN—21JUL11
RH60123,000029D -19-01AUG11-2/2
PN=76
Track System
TX1008244A —UN—24MAY06
Nicks or weld craters in spring and rod assembly
can cause stress concentration resulting
in a weak spot. Weak spots can result in
immediate or eventual failure creating a risk
of personal injury. Put a heavy protective
covering around spring assembly when handling,
transporting, or disassembling.
A compression tool must be used for Track Adjuster
disassembly and assembly because of the
extreme preload on spring. 1— Track Adjuster
RH60123,000029E -19-01AUG11-2/2
PN=77
Track System
TX1093585A —UN—16JUN11
Track Recoil Spring Repair Tool
1— JDG10421 Spacer 2— Track Adjuster and Recoil 3— JT07368 Track Recoil Spring
Spring Repair Tool
NOTE: When installing track adjuster recoil spring into 2. Install track adjuster and recoil spring (2) in Track
track recoil spring repair tool be sure to allow Recoil Spring Repair Tool JT07368 (3) with Spacer
access to nut. Install nut end through access JDG10421 (1) on the cylinder end.
hole on track recoil spring repair tool.
Continued on next page RH60123,000029F -19-01AUG11-1/2
PN=78
Track System
TX1093586A —UN—16JUN11
9. Install spacer on rod.
10. Operate power ram to compress spring to the
compressed length.
Track Adjuster Cylinder and Recoil Spring—Specification
Recoil Spring—Com-
pressed Length............................................................................ 605 mm
23.8 in.
Track Adjuster, Nut, Plug, and Valve
11. Install nut so hole is aligned with hole in rod. Torque
plug to specification. 2— Track Adjuster and Recoil 5— Nut
Track Adjuster Cylinder and Recoil Spring—Specification Spring 6— Valve
3— Track Recoil Spring Repair
Plug—Torque.................................................................................15 N·m
Tool
132 lb-in. 4— Plug
12. Torque valve to specification.
Track Adjuster Cylinder and Recoil Spring—Specification
Valve—Torque.............................................................................147 N·m 13. Install track adjuster and recoil spring. See Track
110 lb-ft Adjuster and Recoil Spring Remove and Install.
(Group 0130.)
RH60123,000029F -19-01AUG11-2/2
PN=79
Track System
TX1093589 —UN—16JUN11
Track Adjuster Cylinder Assembly
1— Cap Screw (4 used) 5— Wear Ring 9— Cylinder 13— Retainer Plate
2— Flange 6— U-Ring 10— Special Plug 14— Recoil Spring
3— O-Ring 7— Snap Ring 11— Valve 15— Spacer
4— Piston Rod 8— Rod 12— Nut 16— O-Ring
A compression tool must be used for 4. Apply multipurpose grease to wear ring (5), U-ring (6),
disassembly and assembly because of the and O-rings (3 and 16). Fill grooves inside flange (2)
extreme preload on spring. with grease.
5. Install U-ring with lip towards inside of cylinder.
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the recoil spring
(14) to replace wear ring (5) and U-ring (6). To 6. Install parts (1—9).
replace O-ring (3), remove recoil spring and rod (8).
The recoil spring is removed using the JT07368 7. Install spacer and spring. See Track Adjuster and
Track Recoil Spring Repair Tool with JDG10022 Recoil Spring Disassemble and Assemble. (Group
Track Recoil Spring Compressor Update Kit and 0130.)
RH60123,00002A0 -19-21SEP11-1/1
PN=80
Section 02
Axles and Suspension Systems
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 0250
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
Travel Gear Case Remove and Install
1. Park machine and prepare for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Disconnect track chain. See Track Chain Remove and
TX1097239A —UN—02SEP11
Install. (Group 0130.)
3. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
4. Apply vacuum to hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum
to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) Travel Gear Case Cover (right cover shown)
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 1— Cap Screw (7 used) 2— Travel Gear Case Cover
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
5. Remove cap screws (1) and travel gear case cover (2).
Specification
Travel Gear Case
Cover—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 30 kg
66 lb.
PN=83
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
TX1097240A —UN—02SEP11
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
8. Inspect and repair as necessary. See Travel Gear 3— Cap Screw (20 used) 6— Travel Motor (port P1) Hose
Case Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0250.) 4— Travel Motor Speed Change 7— Travel Motor (port P2) Hose
Valve Hose 8— Travel Gear Case
5— Case Drain Hose
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
9. Install travel gear case and motor. Torque cap screws CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
to specification. heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
Specification
Travel Gear Case 13. Install travel gear case cover and cap screws. Torque
and Motor—Weight cap screws to specification.
(approximate)................................................................................ 671 kg Specification
1480 lb. Travel Gear Case
Specification Cover—Weight
Travel Motor (approximate).................................................................................. 30 kg
Housing-to-Frame Cap 66 lb.
Screws—Torque..........................................................................750 N·m Specification
553 lb.-ft. Travel Motor
Cover-to-Frame Cap
10. Connect hydraulic hoses. See Travel Hydraulic
Screws—Torque............................................................................98 N·m
System Line Connection. (Group 9025-15.)
72 lb.-ft.
11. Check travel gear case oil. See Drain and Refill Travel
14. Remove vacuum from hydraulic oil tank. See Apply
Gear Case Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
12. Perform travel motor and park brake start-up
15. Connect track chain. See Track Chain Remove and
procedure. Perform Travel Motor and Park Brake
Install. (Group 0130.)
Start-Up Procedure. (Group 0260.)
JJ28350,00006A4 -19-08SEP11-2/2
PN=84
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
TX1097237 —UN—09SEP11
PN=85
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
1— Motor 15— Washer (24 used) 29— First Stage Carrier 43— Shaft
2— Cap Screw (4 used) 16— Cap Screw (24 used) 30— Thrust Plate (3 used) 44— Ring Gear
3— Spring Washer (4 used) 17— Third Stage Carrier 31— Spring Pin (3 used) 45— Cap Screw (30 used)
4— O-Ring 18— Third Stage Sun Gear 32— Second Stage Planet Gear 46— Retaining Ring
5— Housing 19— Second Stage Carrier (3 used) 47— Stopper Pin
6— Floating Seal 20— Spacer 33— Pin (3 used) 48— Ball Bearing
7— Roller Bearing 21— Second Stage Sun Gear 34— Needle Bearing (3 used) 49— Cover
8— Drum 22— Thrust Plate (3 used) 35— Thrust Plate (3 used) 50— Cap Screw (16 used)
9— Roller Bearing 23— Needle Bearing (3 used) 36— Thrust Plate (4 used) 51— Plug (3 used)
10— O-Ring 24— Pin (3 used) 37— Third Stage Planet Gear (4 52— Bearing Race
11— Bearing Nut 25— First Stage Planet Gear (3 used) 53— Bearing Race
12— Lock Plate used) 38— Spring Pin (4 used)
13— Cap Screw (2 used) 26— Thrust Plate (3 used) 39— Pin (4 used)
14— Sprocket 27— Spring Pin (4 used) 40— Needle Bearing (4 used)
28— Spacer 41— Needle Bearing (4 used)
42— Thrust Plate (4 used)
8. Remove cap screws (50) and cover. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
Specification
Travel Gear Case
20. Remove second stage carrier (19).
Cover—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 22 kg Specification
50 lb. Second Stage
Carrier—Weight
9. Put matching marks on the mating positions of (approximate).................................................................................. 25 kg
sprocket (14) and the drum (8). 55 lb.
10. Remove cape screws (16), washers (15), and sprocket 21. Remove spacer (20), thrust plates (30), spring pins
from drum. (31), second stage planet gears (32), pins (33), needle
bearings (34), and thrust plates (35) from second
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from stage carrier.
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
22. Remove third stage sun gear (18).
11. Remove the sprocket from drum.
PN=86
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
TX1097672 —UN—09SEP11
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
IMPORTANT: Avoid roller bearing (7) damage. 57— ST3136 Bearing Nut
Only remove if necessary. Bearing cannot Wrench
be reused if damaged.
PN=87
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
TX1097237 —UN—09SEP11
PN=88
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
1— Motor 15— Washer (24 used) 29— First Stage Carrier 43— Shaft
2— Cap Screw (4 used) 16— Cap Screw (24 used) 30— Thrust Plate (3 used) 44— Ring Gear
3— Spring Washer (4 used) 17— Third Stage Carrier 31— Spring Pin (3 used) 45— Cap Screw (30 used)
4— O-Ring 18— Third Stage Sun Gear 32— Second Stage Planet Gear 46— Retaining Ring
5— Housing 19— Second Stage Carrier (3 used) 47— Stopper Pin
6— Floating Seal 20— Spacer 33— Pin (3 used) 48— Ball Bearing
7— Roller Bearing 21— Second Stage Sun Gear 34— Needle Bearing (3 used) 49— Cover
8— Drum 22— Thrust Plate (3 used) 35— Thrust Plate (3 used) 50— Cap Screw (16 used)
9— Roller Bearing 23— Needle Bearing (3 used) 36— Thrust Plate (4 used) 51— Plug (3 used)
10— O-Ring 24— Pin (3 used) 37— Third Stage Planet Gear (4 52— Bearing Race
11— Bearing Nut 25— First Stage Planet Gear (3 used) 53— Bearing Race
12— Lock Plate used) 38— Spring Pin (4 used)
13— Cap Screw (2 used) 26— Thrust Plate (3 used) 39— Pin (4 used)
14— Sprocket 27— Spring Pin (4 used) 40— Needle Bearing (4 used)
28— Spacer 41— Needle Bearing (4 used)
42— Thrust Plate (4 used)
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 7. Install roller bearing (7) if removed.
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
3. Install sprocket (14) matching marks made during heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
disassembly onto drum.
Specification 8. Install drum (8) onto housing (5) matching marks
Sprocket—Weight made during disassembly.
(approximate).................................................................................. 85 kg Specification
187 lb. Drum—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 180 kg
4. Apply PM37421 Thread Lock and Sealer (high
400 lb.
strength) to cap screws (16). Install cap screws and
washers (15) onto sprocket. Torque to specification.
Specification
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................750 N·m
550 lb.-ft.
Continued on next page JJ28350,00006A5 -19-09SEP11-6/9
PN=89
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
TX1097672 —UN—09SEP11
Nut Wrench onto housing. Torque bearing nut to
specification.
Specification
Bearing Nut—Torque...................................................................500 N·m
370 lb.-ft.
10. Install lock plate (12) and cap screws (13) onto bearing
nut. Torque to specification. ST3136 Bearing Nut Wrench
Specification
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................90 N·m 57— ST3136 Bearing Nut
66 lb.-ft. Wrench
12. Install spring pins (38) into pins (39) with opening
facing second stage carrier (19).
TX1097232 —UN—09SEP11
13. Install third stage carrier onto drum.
Specification 54
Third Stage
Carrier—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 70 kg
155 lb.
PN=90
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
16. Install spring pins (31) into pins (33) with opening
facing cover (49).
TX1097233 —UN—01SEP11
17. Install second stage carrier.
Specification 55
Second Stage
Carrier—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 25 kg
55 lb.
18. Install second stage sun gear (21) onto second stage Spring Pin
carrier.
31— Spring Pin (3 used) 55— Opening
19. Install spacer (28), spring pins (27), thrust plates (26), 33— Pin (3 used)
first stage planet gears (25), pins (24), needle bearings
(23), and thrust plates (22) onto first stage carrier (29).
JJ28350,00006A5 -19-09SEP11-9/9
PN=91
Axle Shaft, Bearings, and Reduction Gears
20. Install spring pins (27) into pins (24) with opening
facing cover (49).
21. Install first stage carrier. 24
22. Install shaft (43) onto first stage carrier. 27
TX1097234 —UN—01SEP11
23. Install O-ring (10) onto drum.
56
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
27. Clean mating surface of ring gear and cover (49). 32. Fill travel gear case oil. See Drain and Refill Travel
Apply PM38657 High Flex Form-in-Place Gasket. Gear Case Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
28. Install cover onto ring gear matching marks made 33. Install plug (51).
during disassembly.
JJ28350,00006A5 -19-09SEP11-10/9
PN=92
Group 0260
Hydraulic System
Travel Motor and Park Brake Remove and
Install
1. Park machine and prepare for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
TX1097239A —UN—02SEP11
2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
3. Drain oil from travel gear case. Drain and Refill Travel
Gear Case Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
Specification Travel Gear Case Cover (right cover shown)
Travel Gear Case
Oil—Capacity
(approximate).................................................................................... 11 L 1— Cap Screw (7 used) 2— Travel Gear Case Cover
2.9 gal.
5. Remove cap screws (1) and travel gear case cover (2).
RH60123,0000453 -19-21SEP11-1/3
TX1097242A —UN—02SEP11
5— Travel Motor Speed Change
Valve Hose
PN=93
Hydraulic System
TX1097077A —UN—06SEP11
Travel Motor and
Park Brake—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 134 kg
300 lb.
PN=94
Hydraulic System
TX1097368 —UN—09SEP11
Travel Motor
1— Housing 9— Swash Plate 17— Roller Bearing 25— O-Ring
2— O-Ring (4 used) 10— Piston (9 used) 18— Plate (5 used) 26— Spring (10 used)
3— Spring (2 used) 11— Retainer 19— Friction Plate (4 used) 27— Pin
4— Piston (2 used) 12— Holder 20— Backup Ring 28— Pin (4 used)
5— Oil Seal 13— Spring (9 used) 21— O-Ring 29— Brake Valve
6— Roller Bearing 14— Cylinder Block 22— O-Ring 30— Cap Screw (9 used)
7— Shaft 15— Valve Plate 23— Backup Ring 31— Inner Bearing Race
8— Steel Ball (2 used) 16— Collar 24— Brake Piston 32— Outer Bearing Race
NOTE: Evenly loosen cap screws (30) when removing 1. Remove cap screws (30) from brake valve (29).
brake valve (29). Brake valve will be under
pressure from springs (13 and 26). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
Continued on next page JJ28350,00006A7 -19-09SEP11-1/3
PN=95
Hydraulic System
2. Install M12 Eyebolts and remove brake valve from IMPORTANT: Avoid inner bearing race (31) damage.
housing (1). Inner bearing race is removed with shaft (7).
Specification Only remove if necessary. Inner bearing race
Brake Valve—Weight cannot be reused if damaged.
(approximate).................................................................................. 39 kg
86 lb. 11. Remove shaft (7) and roller bearing (6) from housing.
Specification IMPORTANT: Avoid outer bearing race (32) damage.
Housing—Weight Only remove if necessary. Outer bearing race
(approximate).................................................................................. 65 kg cannot be reused if damaged.
145 lb.
12. Remove outer bearing race (32).
IMPORTANT: Avoid roller bearing (17) damage.
Only remove if necessary. Bearing cannot 13. Remove oil seal (5) from housing.
be reused if damaged.
14. Inspect and replace as necessary.
3. Remove roller bearing (17) if necessary. IMPORTANT: Avoid travel motor damage. Apply
NOTE: Mark locations of springs (26) in housing. hydraulic oil to parts during assembly to avoid
seizing and internal damage of travel motor.
Springs must be installed in their correct
15. Apply PM38655 Flexible Sealant (flexible form-in-place
locations when reinstalled.
gasket) to oil seal.
4. Remove springs (26), O-rings (2), pins (28), and 16. Install oil seal onto housing (1).
O-ring (25) from housing.
17. Install outer bearing race (32) onto housing.
5. Remove collar (16), and valve plate (15) from cylinder
block (14). IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to splines on shaft.
Damage to splines on shaft will contact part
6. Remove brake piston (24) from housing (1). of oil seal and cause oil leakage.
7. Remove O-rings (21 and 22) and backup rings (20
18. Install roller bearing (6) and shaft onto housing.
and 23) from brake piston.
19. Install steel balls (8), springs (3), pistons (4), and
8. Remove plates (18) and friction plates (19) from
swash plate (9) onto housing.
housing one by one alternately from housing.
NOTE: Install retainer (11) with chamfered surface
NOTE: Pistons must be installed into the same bores
facing holder (12).
because of wear patterns. Mark location of pistons
with respect to bores to aid in assembly.
20. Install springs (13), holder (12), retainer (11), and
pistons (10) onto cylinder block (14).
9. Remove pistons (10), retainer (11), holder (12), and
springs (13) from cylinder block (14). 21. Install friction plate (19) followed by plate (18) one by
one alternating friction plate and plate.
10. Remove swash plate (9), pistons (4), springs (3), and
steel balls (8) from housing (1). 22. Add hydraulic oil until plates are submerged.
IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to splines on shaft (7). 23. Install backup rings (20 and 23) and O-rings (21 and
Damage to splines on shaft will contact part 22) onto brake piston (24).
of oil seal (5) and cause oil leakage.
Continued on next page JJ28350,00006A7 -19-09SEP11-2/3
PN=96
Hydraulic System
TX1097638 —UN—09SEP11
block.
IMPORTANT: Avoid roller bearing (17) damage.
Only remove if necessary. Bearing cannot
be reused if damaged.
28. Install brake valve (29) and cap screws (30) onto
Specification
housing. Torque cap screws to specification.
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................300 N·m
Specification 221 lb.-ft.
Brake Valve—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 39 kg
86 lb.
Specification
Housing—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 65 kg
145 lb.
JJ28350,00006A7 -19-09SEP11-3/3
PN=97
Hydraulic System
TX1097162 —UN—31AUG11
44
42
40 37 36
38 35
TX1097162
Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble
1— Plug (2 used) 14— O-Ring 27— Spring (2 used) 40— Spring Seat (2 used)
2— O-Ring (2 used) 15— Plug 28— Spring Guide (2 used) 41— Plug (2 used)
3— Spring (2 used) 16— Poppet Seat (2 used) 29— O-Ring (2 used) 42— O-Ring (2 used)
4— Make-Up Check Valve (2 used) 17— Backup Ring (2 used) 30— Backup Ring (2 used) 43— Spring (2 used)
5— Crossover Relief Valve (2 18— O-Ring (2 used) 31— O-Ring (2 used) 44— Check Valve (2 used)
used) 19— Backup Ring (2 used) 32— Plug (2 used) 45— Spool
6— Plug 20— Poppet (2 used) 33— Nut (2 used) 47— Pin (4 used)
7— O-Ring 21— Relief Housing (2 used) 34— Set Screw (2 used) 48— Pin
8— Spring 22— Piston (2 used) 35— Cap Screw (8 used) 49— Orifice
9— Plug (9 used) 23— Backup O-Ring (2 used) 36— Cap (2 used) 50— Counterbalance Valve
10— O-Ring (6 used) 24— O-Ring (2 used) 37— O-Ring (2 used) 51— Park Brake Housing
11— Orifice (2 used) 25— Backup Ring (2 used) 38— Spring Seat (2 used)
12— Socket Cap Screw (9 used) 26— Spring Seat (2 used) 39— Spring (2 used)
13— Travel Speed Selector Valve
1. Remove plugs (6 and 15) with O-rings (7 and 14) and NOTE: Do not disassemble crossover relief valves
spring (8) from park brake housing (51). (5), crossover relief valves should be replaced
NOTE: Remove travel speed selector valve (13) while as an assembly. Attach an identification tag
rotating park brake housing, if resistance is felt to each crossover relief valve to install in
do not try to force the travel speed selector valve. their original position.
Return travel speed selector valve to its original
position and try again. Do not disassemble 4. Remove crossover relief valves (5) from park brake
travel speed selector valve. housing.
5. Remove cap screws (35) and remove caps (36) from
2. Remove travel speed selector valve (13) from park park brake housing.
brake housing.
NOTE: Remove counterbalance valve while rotating,
3. Remove plugs (1), O-rings (2), springs (3), and if resistance is felt do not try to force, return to
make-up check valves (4) from park brake housing. original position and try again.
IMPORTANT: Do not move piston (22) attached on
the outer surface of crossover relief valves 6. Push and rotate counterbalance valve (50) and
(5). O-ring (24) may be damaged. remove from park brake housing.
7. Remove plugs (41) from spool (45).
Continued on next page RH60123,0000458 -19-07SEP11-1/2
PN=98
Hydraulic System
8. Remove springs (43) and check valves (44) from spool. Specification
Cap Screws—Torque.................................................................. 110 N·m
9. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. 81 lb.-ft.
10. Install check valves (44) and springs (43) onto spool NOTE: Install crossover relief valve (5) to its former
(45). position before disassembling.
11. Install plugs (41) onto spool.
14. Install crossover relief valves (5) onto park brake
NOTE: Install counterbalance valve while rotating, if housing.
resistance is felt do not try to force, return to
original position and try again. 15. Install make-up check valves (4), springs (3), O-rings
(2), and plugs (1) onto park brake housing.
12. Push and rotate counterbalance valve (50) to install 16. Install travel speed selector valve (13) onto park brake
into park brake housing (51). housing.
13. Install caps (36) and cap screws (35) onto park brake 17. Install spring (8), O-rings (7 and 14), and plugs (6 and
housing. Torque cap screws to specification. 15).
RH60123,0000458 -19-07SEP11-2/2
PN=99
Hydraulic System
TX1097088A —UN—31AUG11
a new travel motor is installed or oil has
been drained from the motor.
3. Fill travel motor with hydraulic oil until oil reaches top Travel Motor
of drain port. See Check Travel Gear Case Oil Level.
(Operator's Manual.) 1— Travel Motor 2— Case Drain Hose
4. Connect case drain hose.
5. Remove vacuum from hydraulic oil tank. See Apply
Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
RH60123,0000455 -19-09SEP11-1/1
PN=100
Section 04
Engine
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 0400
Removal and Installation
Engine Remove and Install
1. Park and prepare machine for service. Park and
prepare for service safely. (Group 0001.) B48
2. Disconnect battery negative (-) cable. B50
3. Remove engine hood and engine side covers. See
Hood Remove and Install (Group 1910) and see
Engine Side Shields Remove and Install. (Group
1910.)
B49
4. Drain cooling system. See Drain Cooling System. W12
(Operator's Manual.)
TX1094484 —UN—12JUL11
from exhaust filter. Allow exhaust filter
to cool before removal.
PN=103
Removal and Installation
3
2
TX1093835 —UN—01JUL11
TX1093835
Exhaust Filter and Bracket
1— Exhaust Filter 3— Cap Screw (4 used) 5— Cap Screw (4 used)
2— Exhaust Tube 4— Cap Screw (3 used) 6— Exhaust Filter Bracket
PN=104
Removal and Installation
TX1094007A —UN—01JUL11
7— Clamp (2 used) 11— Clamp (2 used)
8— Clamp (2 used) 12— Intake Air Tube
9— Turbocharger-to- B16— Air Filter Restriction
Intercooler Hose Switch
10— Intercooler-to-Intake
Manifold Hose
Intercooler Hoses
Continued on next page RG80575,00008D5 -19-06SEP11-3/15
PN=105
Removal and Installation
TX1094008A —UN—01JUL11
Upper Radiator Hose
13
37
TX1094486 —UN—18JUL11
Cooling Package Support Bracket
Continued on next page RG80575,00008D5 -19-06SEP11-4/15
PN=106
Removal and Installation
TX1094009A —UN—01JUL11
Heater Hose Location
RG80575,00008D5 -19-06SEP11-5/15
19— Fuel Filter and Water 21— Fuel Transfer Pump Hose
Separator 1 Hose
20— Final Fuel Filter and Water
Separator 2 Hose
TX1094010A —UN—01JUL11
Fuel Supply Manifold Hoses
Continued on next page RG80575,00008D5 -19-06SEP11-6/15
PN=107
Removal and Installation
15. Tag and disconnect fuel hoses (22 and 23). Close all
openings with caps and plugs.
16. Remove cap screw (39) from crankcase ventilation
hose (38).
TX1094011A —UN—14JUL11
Rail-to-Fuel Cooler Hose
TX1094013A —UN—01JUL11
Lower Radiator Hose
Continued on next page RG80575,00008D5 -19-06SEP11-8/15
PN=108
Removal and Installation
18. Tag and disconnect oil filter hoses (26). Close all
openings using caps and plugs.
TX1094016A —UN—01JUL11
Oil Filter hoses
RG80575,00008D5 -19-06SEP11-9/15
M1—Starter Motor
TX1094020A —UN—01JUL11
Starter Motor
Continued on next page RG80575,00008D5 -19-06SEP11-10/15
PN=109
Removal and Installation
TX1094022A —UN—12JUL11
compressor aside.
PN=110
Removal and Installation
TX1094024A —UN—12JUL11
DFT1119 Pump Support
Continued on next page RG80575,00008D5 -19-06SEP11-13/15
PN=111
Removal and Installation
28. Attach JDG23 Lifting Sling (31) to brackets (32 and 33).
Specification
Engine—Weight
(approximate).............................................................................. 1565 kg
3450 lb.
TX1094025A —UN—07JUL11
29. Remove hydraulic pump-to-engine cap screws (34).
30. Remove rear engine mount cap screws (35).
TX1094028A —UN—07JUL11
Exhaust Filter-to-Engine Brackets
Continued on next page RG80575,00008D5 -19-06SEP11-14/15
PN=112
Removal and Installation
31. Tag and disconnect engine oil level switch (B6). See
Engine Sub Harness (W6) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.)
32. Remove front engine mount nuts (36) and remove
engine from machine.
33. Repair or replace as necessary. See Isuzu 6UZ1
Interim Tier 4 Engine Manual.
34. Install engine and engine mounting cap screws.
35. Connect engine oil level switch. See Engine Sub
Harness (W6) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
36. Install hydraulic pump-to-engine cap screws.
37. Connect engine harness (W4) connectors (X5—X9).
See Engine Harness (W4) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.)
38. Install air conditioner compressor and cap screws.
TX1094026A —UN—07JUL11
39. Install air conditioner V-belt. See Replace Air
Conditioner V-Belt. (Operator’s Manual.)
40. Connect air conditioner compressor, alternator, engine
overheat switch and connect air filter restriction switch.
See Engine Sub Harness (W6) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.)
41. Install wire harness clamp cap screw. Front Engine Mount
PN=113
Removal and Installation
TX1097877A —UN—15SEP11
3. Remove hood. See Hood Remove and Install. (Group
1910.)
4. Remove engine side shields. See Engine Side Shields
Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
5. Drain cooling system. See Drain Cooling System.
(Operator's Manual.)
Intercooler Duct
6. Loosen clamps (1 and 2). Remove cap screws (3) and
remove intercooler duct (4). Close all openings using 1— Clamp (2 used) 3— Cap Screw (2 used)
caps and plugs. 2— Clamp (2 used) 4— Intercooler Duct
JA66566,00009D3 -19-19SEP11-1/5
TX1097882A —UN—15SEP11
9. Loosen clamps (8), remove cap screws (9), and
remove air intake duct (10). Close all openings using
caps and plugs.
JA66566,00009D3 -19-19SEP11-2/5
10. Remove cap screw (11) and remove line bracket (12).
11. Remove banjo bolts (13) and copper washers (not
shown) and remove oil supply line (14). Close all
openings using caps and plugs.
TX1097895A —UN—15SEP11
12. Remove cap screws (15) and O-rings (not shown) and
remove oil return line (16). Close all openings using
caps and plugs.
13. Remove banjo bolts (17) and copper washers (not
shown) and remove coolant return line (18). Close all
openings using caps and plugs.
11— Cap Screw 15— Cap Screw (4 used) Oil Lines (bottom view)
12— Line Bracket 16— Oil Return Line
13— Banjo Bolt (2 used) 17— Banjo Bolt (2 used)
14— Oil Supply Line 18— Coolant Return Line
PN=114
Removal and Installation
TX1097896A —UN—15SEP11
openings using caps and plugs.
16. Remove nuts (21) and separate exhaust pipe (22)
from turbocharger (24). Close all openings using caps
and plugs.
PN=115
Removal and Installation
TX1097897A —UN—15SEP11
Specification
Turbocharger—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 27 kg
60 lb.
PN=116
Removal and Installation
TX1094749A —UN—14JUL11
5. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
6. Install starter motor and nuts.
7. Connect starter motor electrical connections. See
Engine Sub Harness (W6) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.)
8. Connect battery negative (-) cable. Starter Motor
RG80575,00008D7 -19-19JUL11-1/1
PN=117
Removal and Installation
TX1094931 —UN—21JUL11
8. Install belt. 4
9. Set tension with adjustment cap screw to Belt Routing and Tensioning
specifications.
Specification 1— Lock Nut 4— Belt
2— Cap Screw G3—Alternator
Belt—Deflection............................................................6—7 mm at 10 kg
3— Adjustment Cap Screw
0.24—0.27 in. at 22 lb.
Belt (3 used)—Deflec-
tion............................................................................12—13 mm at 10 kg
0.47—0.52 in. at 22 lb. Specification
Belt Adjustment Lock
10. Crank the engine for approximately 5 rotations and Nut—Torque..................................................................................93 N·m
adjust the belt to the standard value. 69 lb.-ft.
11. Tighten cap screw (2) to specification. 13. Inspect and replace air conditioner V-belt as
Specification necessary. Install air conditioner V-belt. See Replace
Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................157 N·m Air Conditioner V-Belt. (Operator’s Manual.)
116 lb.-ft.
PN=118
Removal and Installation
TX1094759A —UN—21JUL11
5. Tag and disconnect engine sub harness (W6) from
alternator (G3). See Engine Sub Harness (W6)
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
6. Remove cap screws (3) and alternator.
7. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
8. Install alternator and cap screws. Alternator
PN=119
Removal and Installation
PN=120
Section 05
Engine Auxiliary System
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 0510
Cooling Systems
Radiator Remove and Install
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Remove fan shroud. See Fan Shroud Remove and
Install. (Group 0510.)
3. Remove cap screws (3) and brace (4).
TX1094377A —UN—19JUL11
4. Loosen clamps (5) and disconnect lower radiator
jumper hose (6). Close all openings using caps and
plugs.
1— Radiator 1 4— Brace
2— Radiator 2 5— Clamp (4 used)
3— Cap Screw (2 used) 6— Lower Radiator Jumper
Hose
Lower Radiator Jumper Hose
RG80575,00008CD -19-25JUL11-1/2
TX1094378A —UN—27JUL11
6. Attach appropriate lifting device to radiator 1 (1) or
radiator 2 (2).
Specification
Radiator 1—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg
50 lb.
Upper Radiator Jumper Hose
Radiator 2—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg
50 lb. 1— Radiator 1 8— Upper Radiator Jumper
2— Radiator 2 Hose
7. Remove cap screws (9) and remove radiator 1 or 2. 7— Clamp (4 used) 9— Cap Screw (4 used)
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 10. Install radiator 1 or 2 and cap screws.
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 11. Connect upper radiator jumper hose and tighten
clamps.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to radiators.
Install radiators separately. 12. Connect lower radiator jumper hose and tighten
clamps.
9. Attach appropriate lifting device to radiator 1 or 2.
13. Install brace and cap screws.
Specification
Radiator 1—Weight 14. Install fan shroud. See Fan Shroud Remove and
(approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg Install. (Group 0510.)
50 lb.
Radiator 2—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg
50 lb.
RG80575,00008CD -19-25JUL11-2/2
PN=123
Cooling Systems
TX1095162A —UN—27JUL11
Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
3. Remove cap screws (11) and open cooling package
door (12).
RG80575,00008CF -19-27JUL11-1/3
1— Hose 3— Hose
2— Clamp (4 used) 4— Clamp (4 used)
TX1094144A —UN—08JUL11
Intercooler Hoses
PN=124
Cooling Systems
TX1094145A —UN—08JUL11
Intercooler
5— Support 6— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Intercooler 8— Cap Screw (6 used)
5. Remove cap screws (6) and support (5). 9. Attach appropriate lifting device to intercooler.
Specification
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from Intercooler—Weight
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. (approximate).................................................................................. 36 kg
80 lb.
6. Attach appropriate lifting device to intercooler (7).
10. Install intercooler, connect hoses, and install cap
Specification screws (8).
Intercooler—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 36 kg 11. Install support and cap screws (6).
80 lb.
12. Tighten clamps.
7. Remove cap screws (8), disconnect hoses (1 and 3),
and remove intercooler. Close all openings using caps 13. Install engine side shields. See Engine Side Shields
and plugs. Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
8. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 14. Check for air leaks. Perform Air Intake System
Leakage Test. (Group 0520.)
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
RG80575,00008CF -19-27JUL11-3/3
PN=125
Cooling Systems
TX1095162A —UN—27JUL11
Component Location. (Group 9010-05.)
3. Remove cap screws (11) and open cooling package
door (12).
PN=126
Cooling Systems
TX1094153A —UN—08JUL11
Fuel Cooler
1— Fuel Cooler-to-Fuel Tank 3— Fuel Cooler 5— Clamp
Hose 4— Cap Screw (4 used) 6— High Pressure Common
2— Clamp Rail-to-Fuel Cooler Hose
4. Loosen clamps (2 and 5). 8. Install fuel cooler and cap screws.
5. Tag and disconnect hoses (1 and 6). Close all 9. Connect hoses and tighten clamps.
openings using caps and plugs.
10. Open fuel shutoff valve.
6. Remove cap screws (4) and fuel cooler (3).
11. Check for fuel system leaks.
7. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
RG80575,00008D0 -19-27JUL11-2/2
PN=127
Cooling Systems
TX1094014A —UN—30JUN11
4. Drain hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic
Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s
Manual.)
5. Drain cooling system. See Drain Cooling System.
(Operator's Manual.)
6. Remove engine side shields. See Engine Side Shields
Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) Upper Radiator Hose
RG80575,0000976 -19-21SEP11-1/12
TX1094015A —UN—30JUN11
PN=128
Cooling Systems
TX1094012A —UN—30JUN11
Coolant Recovery Tank
RG80575,0000976 -19-21SEP11-3/12
TX1094057A —UN—30JUN11
Lower Hydraulic Oil Cooler Hose
PN=129
Cooling Systems
11. Remove cap screws (16), panel (15), and support (17).
12. Tag and disconnect fan speed and reversing control
valve lines (18). Close all openings using caps and
plugs. See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component
Location. (Group 9025-15.)
TX1094077A —UN—30JUN11
Panel
TX1096735A —UN—24AUG11
Support and Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve Lines
PN=130
Cooling Systems
TX1094087A —UN—30JUN11
Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line
RG80575,0000976 -19-21SEP11-6/12
TX1094088A —UN—13JUL11
Door Remove and Install. (Group 1921.)
PN=131
Cooling Systems
18. Remove cap screws (27) and position fuel cooler and
air conditioner condenser support (26) aside.
TX1094095A —UN—30JUN11
Fuel Cooler and Air Conditioner Condenser Support
RG80575,0000976 -19-21SEP11-8/12
TX1094100A —UN—06JUL11
Cooling Package Support
PN=132
Cooling Systems
TX1094102A —UN—30JUN11
Electrical Connector
RG80575,0000976 -19-21SEP11-10/12
TX1094109A —UN—30JUN11
33— Cooling Package 35— Lifting Point
34— Lifting Point
Lifting Points
PN=133
Cooling Systems
TX1094103A —UN—30JUN11
25. Attach appropriate lifting device to cooling package.
Specification
Cooling Pack-
age—Weight (approx-
imate)............................................................................................ 633 kg
1395 lb.
Cooling Package Mount (rear side shown)
26. Install cooling package and cap screws.
27. Connect electrical connector and engine sub harness 31— Mount (2 used) 32— Cap Screw (4 used)
(W6). See Engine Sub Harness (W6) Component
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
28. Install cooling package support and cap screws. 37. Connect lower hydraulic oil cooler hose and install
cap screws.
29. Install fuel cooler and air conditioner condenser
support and cap screws. 38. Connect upper and lower radiator hoses. Tighten
clamps.
30. Close cooling package door. See Cooling Package
Door Remove and Install. (Group 1921.) 39. Connect radiator-to-coolant recovery tank hose,
tighten clamp and install cap screw.
31. Connect turbocharger-to-intercooler hose and
intercooler-to-intake manifold hose. 40. Fill hydraulic system. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic
Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s
32. Connect air intake hose and tighten clamps. Manual.)
33. Connect air filter restriction switch. See Engine Sub 41. Fill cooling system. See Cooling System Fill and
Harness (W6) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Deaeration Procedure. (Operator’s Manual.)
34. Connect upper hydraulic oil cooler line and install cap 42. Install engine side shields. See Engine Side Shields
screws. Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
35. Connect fan speed and reversing control valve lines. 43. Connect battery negative (-) cable.
See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location.
(Group 9025-15.) 44. Operate machine and check for leaks.
36. Install support, panel, and cap screws.
RG80575,0000976 -19-21SEP11-12/12
PN=134
Cooling Systems
TX1094414A —UN—19JUL11
Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)
3. Loosen clamp (1) and disconnect radiator-to-coolant
recovery tank hose (2). Close all openings using caps
and plugs.
1— Clamp 2— Radiator-to-Coolant
Recovery Tank Hose
Radiator-to-Coolant Recovery Tank Hose and Clamp
RG80575,00008D2 -19-01AUG11-1/4
TX1094417A —UN—19JUL11
Specification
Fan Shroud—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 50 kg
110 lb.
RG80575,00008D2 -19-01AUG11-2/4
TX1094419A —UN—19JUL11
PN=135
Cooling Systems
TX1094420A —UN—01AUG11
4— Fan Shroud 6— Cap Screw (12 used)
RG80575,00008D2 -19-01AUG11-4/4
BE7856,000002D -19-11AUG11-1/1
PN=136
Group 0520
Intake System
Air Intake System Leakage Test
Replace damaged pipes and hoses. Tighten loose clamps
Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and to specification.
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) Air Intake Leakage—Specification
IMPORTANT: Engine intake air must be filtered Clamps—Torque...........................................................................8.5 N·m
to prevent dirt and debris from entering the 75 lb.-in.
engine. If intake air piping is damaged or
loose, unfiltered air will enter the engine
and cause premature wear. Operate the engine at fast idle and maximum load, check
for air leaks. Listen for whistling noise caused by high
Visually inspect for loose clamps or damage between pressure air leaks.
the intake air piping, air cleaner, turbocharger and intake
manifold.
TZ24494,00006D9 -19-15SEP11-1/1
TX1095498A —UN—02AUG11
6. Install air cleaner and cap screws.
7. Connect air intake tube and tighten clamp.
8. Close hood and air cleaner service door.
RG80575,000090B -19-02AUG11-1/1
PN=137
Intake System
PN=138
Group 0530
External Exhaust System
Exhaust Tube Remove and Install
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Remove hood. See Hood Remove and Install. (Group
TX1094827A —UN—19AUG11
1910.)
3. Remove nuts (1) and washers (2). Exhaust Tube (turbocharger side shown)
TX1093937A —UN—08AUG11
9. Install hood. See Hood Remove and Install. (Group
1910.)
RG80575,000091E -19-22AUG11-1/1
PN=139
External Exhaust System
TX1094484 —UN—12JUL11
4. Tag and disconnect sensors (B48, B49, and B50). See
Exhaust Filter Harness (W12) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.)
RG80575,000091F -19-21SEP11-1/3
TX1094813A —UN—21JUL11
Exhaust Tube
PN=140
External Exhaust System
TX1094814A —UN—11AUG11
Specification
Exhaust Filter—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 59 kg
129 lb.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 3— Exhaust Filter 6— Drain Tube
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 4— Cap Screw (4 used)
PN=141
External Exhaust System
1— Bracket 7— Bracket
2— Nut (2 used) 8— Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
3— Cap Screw (2 used) (DOC)-to-Differential
4— Cap Screw (2 used) Pressure Sensor Pipe
5— Cap Screw (4 used) 9— Bracket
TX1095779A —UN—11AUG11
6— Outlet Housing-to- 10— Bracket
Differential Pressure B49— Exhaust Temperature
Sensor Pipe Sensor 1 (DPF)
B50— Exhaust Temperature
Sensor 2 (DOC)
PN=142
External Exhaust System
TX1095780A —UN—11AUG11
Exhaust Filter Brackets
PN=143
External Exhaust System
TX1095781A —UN—10AUG11
Outlet Housing, Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF), and Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
RG80575,0000920 -19-30AUG11-3/6
PN=144
External Exhaust System
13. Install gasket (24) onto DPF. Align gasket bottom (25)
with DPF bottom.
TX1096994A —UN—30AUG11
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) and Gasket
PN=145
External Exhaust System
TX1095785A —UN—10AUG11
38 lb.-ft.
PN=146
Group 0560
External Fuel Supply Systems
Fuel Tank Remove and Install
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and 1
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Start engine.
3. Rotate upperstructure 90°. 2
4. Stop engine.
5. Remove cap screws (1) and top panels (2).
TX1097704 —UN—12SEP11
Panels
JD29379,0000089 -19-15SEP11-1/7
6. Remove fuel tank fill cap and access fuel tank drain
valve (18) through the opening under the tank.
TX1097730A —UN—13SEP11
Fuel Tank Drain Valve
JD29379,0000089 -19-15SEP11-2/7
192 gal.
PN=147
External Fuel Supply Systems
TX1097707A —UN—13SEP11
Bottom Covers
JD29379,0000089 -19-15SEP11-4/7
TX1097705A —UN—12SEP11
PN=148
External Fuel Supply Systems
TX1097706A —UN—12SEP11
Handrails
PN=149
External Fuel Supply Systems
TX1097709A —UN—12SEP11
Specification
Fuel Tank—Weight
(approximate without
fuel)............................................................................................... 357 kg
787 lb.
18. Connect lower fuel hoses and tighten hose clamps. 22. Install coolant recovery tank. See Coolant Recovery
Tank Remove and Install. (Group 0510.)
19. Install bottom covers, washers, and cap screws.
23. Install handrail and cap screws.
20. Install fuel level sensor and gasket. Apply PM37477
Thread Lock (medium strength) to threads of cap 24. Install top panels and cap screws.
screws (17) and install. Tighten to specification. 25. Fill fuel tank with proper fuel. See Diesel Fuel. and
Specification see Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel. (Operator’s
Fuel Level Sensor- Manual.)
to-Fuel Tank Cap
26. Perform Bleed Fuel System. (Operator's Manual.)
Screws—Torque...........................................................................4.5 N·m
40 lb.-in.
21. Connect fuel tank return hose and tighten hose clamp.
Install cap screws (14)..
JD29379,0000089 -19-15SEP11-7/7
PN=150
External Fuel Supply Systems
TX1093958A —UN—26AUG11
filters to eliminate any type of contaminants
from entering fuel system.
PN=151
External Fuel Supply Systems
TX1097891A —UN—14SEP11
in the open position.
TZ24494,00006EE -19-15SEP11-1/2
TX1097892A —UN—15SEP11
NOTE: Clean area thoroughly prior to removal of
fuel filters to eliminate any contamination
from entering fuel system.
10. Install final fuel filters and water separators with cap
screws. Tighten to specification. 4— Final Fuel Filter and Water 9— Final Fuel Filter and Water
Separator 1 Line-to-Fuel Separator 1 Line-to-Final
Specification Supply Manifold Hose Fuel Filter and Water
Final Filter Mounting Cap 5— Banjo Bolt and Copper Separator 2
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m Gasket (2 used) 10— Final Fuel Filter and Water
6— Final Fuel Filter and Water Separator 2
26 lb.-ft. Separator 2 Line-to-Final 11— Final Fuel Filter and Water
Fuel Filter and Water Separator 1
11. Connect parallel fuel lines and install gaskets and Separator 1 B13— Fuel Filter Restriction
banjo bolts. Tighten to specification. 7— Final Fuel Filter and Water Sensor
Separator 2 Line-to-Fuel
Specification Supply Manifold Hose
Fuel Line Banjo 8— Cap Screw (6 used)
Bolts—Torque................................................................................15 N·m
11 lb.-ft
12. Connect fuel lines. Tighten to specification. 14. Install filter elements. See Replace Final Fuel Filter
and Water Separators. (Operator’s Manual.)
Specification
Fuel Line—Torque.........................................................................28 N·m 15. Turn fuel shutoff valve to the open position.
21 lb.-ft
16. Bleed air from fuel system. See Bleed Fuel System.
13. Connect fuel filter restriction sensor (B13). (Operator's Manual.)
17. Operate machine and check for any leaks.
TZ24494,00006EE -19-15SEP11-2/2
PN=152
Section 07
Dampener Drive (Flex Coupling)
Contents
Page
Group 0752—Elements
Dampener Drive (Flex Coupling)
Remove and Install................................ 07-0752-1
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 0752
Elements
Dampener Drive (Flex Coupling) Remove
and Install
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Remove engine. See Engine Remove and Install.
(Group 0400.)
3. Loosen set screws (1 and 2).
4. Remove dampener gear (3).
TX1009418A —UN—12JUL06
5. Inspect dampener gear and replace as necessary.
Dampener Gear
RG80575,0000980 -19-26AUG11-1/3
TX1094973A —UN—21JUL11
Dampener Mounting Cap
Screws—Torque........................................................................... 49 N•m
36 lb.-ft.
Dampener Drive
PN=155
Elements
10. Install dampener gear even with the face of drive shaft.
Tighten set screws to specification.
Specification
Dampener Gear
Mounting Set
Screws—Torque......................................................................... 130 N•m
TX1009418A —UN—12JUL06
96 lb.-ft.
Dampener Gear
RG80575,0000980 -19-26AUG11-3/3
PN=156
Section 17
Frame or Supporting Structure
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 1740
Frame Installation
Welding On Machine
IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground strap or turn WELD METAL SPECIFICATIONS
battery disconnect switch to OFF (if applicable). Item Specification
Tensile Strength 482.6 mPa (70 000 psi)
Disconnect both negative and positive battery
cables and microprocessor unit (if applicable). Yield Strength 413.7 mPa (60 000 psi)
Elongation 22%
IMPORTANT: Have only a qualified welder do this
job. Connect welder ground clamp close to Use one of the following weld processes:
each weld area so electrical current does • AWS-E-7018 covered electrode with shielded metal arc
not pass through any bearings. welding (SMAW) process.
Remove or protect all parts that can be
• AWS-ER-70S-3f wire electrode with gas metal arc
welding (GMAW) process.
damaged by heat or weld splatter. • AWS-E70T-1 or E71T-1 wire electrode with flux core
arc welding (FCAW) process.
TX,WELD,II -19-11APR95-1/1
Welding Repair of Major Structure • AWS-E70T-1 or E71T-1 wire electrode with flux core
arc welding (FCAW) process.
CAUTION: Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Welding Repair of Major Structure—Specification
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is Weld Metal—Tensile
heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. Strength...................................................................................482.6 mPa
Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area. 70,000 psi
Dispose of paint and solvent properly. Yield Strength .........................................................................413.7 mPa
60,000 psi
If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the
Elongation......................................................................................... 22%
dust. Wear an approved respirator. If you use
solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with IMPORTANT: Area to be repaired must be preheated
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent to allow better weld penetration.
or paint stripper containers and other flammable
material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at 3. To repair weld metal failure, remove failed weld metal
least 15 minutes before welding or heating. using arc or grinding equipment. Thoroughly clean
area to be welded. Preheat structural assemblies to a
1. Remove paint before welding or heating. minimum of 38°C (100°F). Preheat ground engaging
tools (cutting edges, skid shoes, and teeth shanks) to
IMPORTANT: Electrical current traveling from the
177°C (350°F).
welder through the machine electrical system
may damage the machine electrical system, To repair base metal failure remove enough material to
including battery, machine information center, allow weld to penetrate to the bottom of crack. Preheat
and pump and valve controller. Disconnect structural assemblies to a minimum of 38°C (100°F).
battery ground cable, machine information Preheat ground engaging tools (cutting edges, skid
center, and pump and valve controller electrical shoes, and teeth shanks) to 177°C (350°F).
connectors before welding on the machine.
Welding Repair of Major Structure—Specification
Have only a qualified welder do this job. Connect Structural
welder ground clamp close to each weld area Assemblies—Preheat
so electrical current does not pass through any Temperature..................................................................................... 38°C
bearings. Remove or protect all parts that can 100°F
be damaged by heat or weld splatter. Ground Engaging
Tools—Preheat
2. Use one of the following weld processes: Temperature................................................................................... 177°C
350°F
• AWS-E-7018 covered electrode with shielded metal
arc welding (SMAW) process.
• AWS-ER-70S-3 wire electrode with gas metal arc
welding (GMAW) process.
TX17984,0000054 -19-16JUN06-1/1
PN=159
Frame Installation
PN=160
Group 1749
Chassis Weights
Counterweight Remove and Install
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
11
4 3
CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from 2 12
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5 6
10
2. Support counterweight by attaching appropriate lifting
device to lifting brackets (12) on counterweight (11).
Specification 7
Counterweight—Weight 8
(approximate).............................................................................. 8504 kg 9
18 749 lb.
TX1094472 —UN—02AUG11
3. Remove rear bottom covers.
RG80575,0000902 -19-02AUG11-1/2
TX1095522A —UN—02AUG11
6. Remove lock pins (4), nuts (3), bushings (2), shims
(10), and rear cap screws (1).
7. Remove counterweight from machine.
8. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from Rear Camera Harness (W19)
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
W19—Rear Camera Harness X64— Pump Harness-to-Rear
9. Install counterweight onto machine using appropriate Camera Harness
lifting device. Connector
Specification
Counterweight—Weight
(approximate).............................................................................. 8504 kg Specification
18 749 lb. Front Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................440 N·m
10. Install rear cap screws to frame with bushings, shims, 325 lb.-ft.
and nuts. Tighten nuts to specification. Install lock
pins. 12. Connect pump harness-to-rear camera harness
Specification
connector (X64). See Rear Camera Harness (W19)
Rear Cap
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Screws—Torque........................................................................2350 N·m 13. Install rear bottom covers.
1733 lb.-ft.
PN=161
Chassis Weights
PN=162
Section 18
Operator's Station
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 1800
Removal and Installation
Cab Remove and Install
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Disconnect battery negative (-) cable.
TX1097674A —UN—12SEP11
CAUTION: Prevent injury from hot spraying
coolant. Do not remove radiator filler cap unless
engine is cool. Loosen cap slowly to the stop.
Release all pressure before removing cap.
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high 1— Cap Screw (8 used) 3— Cap Screw (6 used)
pressure fluid. High pressure release of oil from 2— Cover 4— Cover
pressurized system can cause serious burns
or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from
hydraulic system before servicing.
TX1097675A —UN—12SEP11
5— Cap Screw (3 used) 6— Ground Wire (3 used)
Ground Wires
PN=165
Removal and Installation
TX1097676A —UN—12SEP11
using caps and plugs. See Heater and Air Conditioner
Component Location. (Group 9031-25.)
11. Remove cap screw (12) and washer (13) from frame
(14).
TX1097744A —UN—13SEP11
Cap Screw (under cab)
JA66566,00009C2 -19-20SEP11-4/12
12. Remove cap screw (15) and washer (16) from frame.
TX1097746A —UN—13SEP11
PN=166
Removal and Installation
TX1097749A —UN—13SEP11
Bracket (under cab)
JA66566,00009C2 -19-20SEP11-6/12
TX1097698A —UN—12SEP11
A6000—Modular Telematics A6001—GPS/Cellular Antenna
Gateway (MTG) (if equipped)
Controller (if equipped)
PN=167
Removal and Installation
TX1097678A —UN—13SEP11
A6001—GPS/Cellular Antenna Harness Connector 2
(if equipped) X180— N-CAN Connector
X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine
Harness Connector
TX1097701A —UN—13SEP11
PN=168
Removal and Installation
TX1097767A —UN—13SEP11
Specification
Cab—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 658 kg
1450 lb.
TX1097768A —UN—13SEP11
Lifting Device
Continued on next page JA66566,00009C2 -19-20SEP11-11/12
PN=169
Removal and Installation
21. Lift floor mat (32) and remove cab isolator lock nuts
(29).
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to cab door.
Close and lock cab door prior to removing cab.
TX1097773A —UN—13SEP11
22. Remove cab isolator lock nuts (31) and remove cab
using appropriate lifting device.
23. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible cab damage. Install
new cab isolator lock nuts.
24. Install cab and new cab isolator lock nuts (29 and 31). Cab Isolator Lock Nuts (inside cab)
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Cab Isolator Lock
Nuts—Torque..............................................................................210 N·m
155 lb.-ft.
TX1097774A —UN—13SEP11
25. Connect hydraulic hoses to pilot signal manifold.
See Pilot Control Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold
Component Location—Excavator Pattern, Pilot
Control Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold Component
Location—Backhoe Pattern and see Travel Hydraulic
System Line Connection. (Group 9025-15.)
26. Connect N-CAN connector (X180). See 9-Pin Service
Cab Isolator Lock Nuts (outside cab)
ADVISOR™ Connector (W20) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.)
29— Cab Isolator Lock Nut (4 31— Cab Isolator Lock Nut (2
IMPORTANT: Avoid connector damage. Do not install used) used)
connector with impact wrench or power tools. 30— Cab 32— Floor Mat
Over torquing will result in permanent damage
to connector. Torque only to specification.
Specification 33. Connect air conditioner hoses and install cap screw.
100-Pin Connector See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location.
(X3)—Torque.................................................................................10 N·m (Group 9031-25.)
89 lb.-in.
34. Install heater hoses. See Heater and Air Conditioner
27. Connect cab harness-to-machine harness connector Component Location. (Group 9031-25.)
(X3) and cab harness-to-machine harness connector 35. Connect ground wires and install cap screws. See Cab
2 (X13). Install cap screw and tighten to specification. Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.) 36. Fill cooling system. See Cooling System Fill and
Deaeration Procedure. (Operator’s Manual.)
28. Install access panel and cap screws.
37. Charge air conditioning system. See Charge R134a
29. Connect windshield washer hose. System. (Group 1830.)
30. Connect JDLink™ GPS/Cellular antenna (A6001) 38. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic
to modular telematics gateway (MTG) controller Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s
if equipped. See JDLink™ Harness (W6004) Manual.)
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
39. Connect battery negative (-) cable.
31. Install hydraulic hose bracket and cap screws.
40. Operate machine and check for leaks.
32. Install cap screws and washers into frame and tighten
to specification. 41. Install covers and cap screws under cab.
Specification
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................550 N·m
410 lb.-ft.
JA66566,00009C2 -19-20SEP11-12/12
PN=170
Group 1810
Operator Enclosure
Windshield Remove and Install
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Remove four cap screws (1) and covers (2 and 5).
3. Remove four cap screws (1) and covers (3 and 4).
TX1096510A —UN—23AUG11
1— Cap Screw (8 used) 4— Cover
2— Cover 5— Cover
3— Cover 6— Front Window Handle
Windshield - Interior
TZ24494,0000723 -19-16SEP11-1/2
TX1098000A —UN—16SEP11
5. Tilt the front window handle (6) into interior until
horizontal.
6. Holding horizontally, tilt one lower corner up until it
releases.
7. Lift entire windshield to release remaining corner to
remove.
Windshield Rollers
8. Repair or replace as necessary. See Windshield
Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 1810.)
7— Cap Screw (4 used) 8— Roller (2 used)
9. Holding horizontally, insert one lower corner until it
latches into place.
10. Holding latched corner, tilt opposite corner until it 13. Install covers (3 and 4) and cap screws.
latches.
14. Install covers (2 and 5) and cap screws.
11. Tilt the front window handle to a vertical position.
12. Install rollers and cap screws (7).
TZ24494,0000723 -19-16SEP11-2/2
PN=171
Operator Enclosure
TX1097950 —UN—16SEP11
2
Wiper Arm
TZ24494,0000692 -19-19SEP11-1/9
TX1097952 —UN—16SEP11
Cover
PN=172
Operator Enclosure
M5
5
TX1097953 —UN—16SEP11
Windshield Wiper Motor
TZ24494,0000692 -19-19SEP11-3/9
TX1097954 —UN—16SEP11
6
7
Isolator
PN=173
Operator Enclosure
TX1097956 —UN—16SEP11
Front Seal
TZ24494,0000692 -19-19SEP11-5/9
TX1097955 —UN—16SEP11
Windshield
PN=174
Operator Enclosure
38
20
17
19
20 16
21
14
S28
23 29
22 28
24 30
27
9 18 25
37
26 13 12
17 36
16 15 14 30
30
TX1097962 —UN—16SEP11
36 32
39 34
35
31
13
32
12
TX1097962 33 34
Windshield
9— Windshield Frame 19— Cover 27— Cover 35— Handle
12— Spring (2 used) 20— Cap Screw (4 used) 28— Lever 36— Cap Screw (2 used)
13— Roller (2 used) 21— Bracket 29— Shaft 37— Lock
14— Cap Screw (4 used) 22— Cover 30— Cap Screw (4 used) 38— Cover
15— Bracket 23— Spring 31— Lock 39— Cover
16— Roller (2 used) 24— Cover 32— Cap Screw (6 used) S28— Window Switch
17— Spring (2 used) 25— Washer (2 used) 33— Cover
18— Screw (2 used) 26— Cap Screw (2 used) 34— Cap Screw (4 used)
8. Remove springs (12) and rollers (13). 22. Install spring (23).
9. Remove cap screws (20) and covers (19 and 38). 23. Install cover (22).
10. Remove cap screws (34) and covers (33 and 39). 24. Install window switch (S28) and screws (18).
11. Remove cap screws (32 and 36) and handle (35). 25. Install cover (24), washers (25), and cap screws (26).
12. Remove cap screws (30) and locks (31 and 37). 26. Install rollers (16) and springs (17) onto brackets (15
13. Remove cap screws (14) and remove brackets (15 and 21).
and 21). 27. Install brackets and cap screws (14).
14. Remove springs (17) and rollers (16) from brackets. 28. Install locks (31 and 37) and cap screws (30).
15. Remove cap screws (26), washers (25), and cover 29. Install handle (35) and cap screws (32 and 36).
(24).
30. Install covers (33 and 39) and cap screws (34).
16. Remove screws (18) and window switch (S28).
31. Install covers (19 and 38) and cap screws (20).
17. Remove cover (22).
32. Install rollers (13) and springs (12).
18. Remove spring (23).
NOTE: Install rear windshield seal (11) in correct
19. Remove cover (27), lever (28), and shaft (29). orientation from disassembly.
20. Inspect and repair as necessary.
33. Install rear windshield seal (11).
21. Install shaft (29), lever (28), and cover (27).
34. Slide windshield (10) into windshield frame (9).
Continued on next page TZ24494,0000692 -19-19SEP11-7/9
PN=175
Operator Enclosure
NOTE: Install front windshield seal (8) in correct 35. Apply soapy water to windshield and windshield frame.
orientation from disassembly. Install front windshield seal (8).
TZ24494,0000692 -19-19SEP11-8/9
TX1097981 —UN—16SEP11
39. Install covers (3) and cap screws (4).
40. Install windshield wiper arm (1) and nut (2).
44
42 45
TX1097982 —UN—16SEP11
7
43 7
Isolator (outside view)
PN=176
Operator Enclosure
TX1089899A —UN—06APR11
4. Remove sliding window assembly.
5. Repair or replace as necessary.
6. Gently lift sliding window frame in the middle from the
top of frame to remove and install glass panes.
7. Apply LOCTITE® 37532 Weatherstrip Adhesive to
cab door.
Sliding Window
8. Install sliding window assembly.
9. Push window assembly tight against cab door. 1— Molding 3— Cab Door
2— Sliding Window Assembly
10. Install molding.
PN=177
Operator Enclosure
190.0 mm
(7.5 in.)
R2970.0 mm
(R116.9 in.) 40.5 mm 217.0 mm
1098.0 mm (1.6 in.) (8.5 in.)
(43.2 in.) 123.5 mm
(4.9 in.) 28 mm
R28.0mm (1.1 in.)
(R1.1 in.)
R800.0 mm
(R31.5 in.)
R75.0 mm
(R3.0 in.) 56.0 mm 270.75 mm
47.0 mm (2.2 in.) (10.7 in.) B
(1.9 in.) 30.0 mm
19.5 mm (1.2 in.) 45.0 mm A
(0.8 in.) R120.0 mm
268.0 mm 2R5.0 mm (R4.7in.) 47.0 mm (1.8 in.)
(10.6 in.) 36.0 mm (2R0.2 in.) (1.9 in.)
(1.4 in.) 19.5 mm 36.0 mm
a R5.0 mm (0.8 in.) (1.4 in.)
(R0.2 in.)
4R5.0 mm 53.0 mm
51.2 mm (4R0.2 in.) 264.0 mm C (2.1 in.)
(2.0 in.) (10.4 in.) 12.0 mm
(0.5 in.)
53.0 mm 40.0 mm 40.0 mm
(2.1 in.) (1.6 in.) (1.6 in.)
832.0 mm
12.0 mm (32.8 in.)
(0.5 in.)
SECTION A
C0.5 mm
(C0.2 in.)
C0.5 mm
(C0.2 in.) R3.0 mm
(R0.1 in.) DETAIL C
R3.0 mm 211.0 mm
SECTION B (R0.1 in.) (8.3 in.)
TX1089907 —UN—08JUN11
C0.5 mm R3.0 mm
(C0.2 in.) R3.0 mm (R0.1 in.)
a
(R0.1 in.)
TX1089907
Continued on next page DS35042,00002E0 -19-28JUN11-1/9
PN=178
Operator Enclosure
UNIT: mm a
4.0 mm
(0.2 in.)
R1075.0 mm
(R42.3 in.) 372.9 mm 2
(14.7 in.)
50.0 mm
(2.0 in.)
22.0 mm 25.0 mm
54.1 mm (0.9 in.) (1.0 in.)
(2.1 in.)
25.0 mm 84.0 mm
(1.0 in.) (3.3 in.)
865.0 mm
TX1089909 —UN—08JUN11
(34.1 in.)
SECTION A
R2.0 mm
(R0.1 in.)
TX1089909 a
Lower Front Glass
2— Lower Front Glass a— Black Ceramic Painted
Surface
Continued on next page DS35042,00002E0 -19-28JUN11-3/9
PN=179
Operator Enclosure
UNIT:mm
5.0 mm 370.5 mm
(0.2 in.) (14.6 in.)
R151.4 mm
(R6.0 in.)
3
a
796.4 mm
(31.4 in.)
R2853.0 mm
(R112.3 in.)
3R4.0 mm
(3R0.2 in.)
139.2 mm 480.9 mm
(5.5 in.) (18.9 in.)
SECTION A
TX1092088 —UN—08JUN11
R3.0 mm
(R0.1in.)
TX1092088
Cab Door Front Sliding Glass
3— Cab Door Front Sliding Glass a— Chamfer Along Periphery
Continued on next page DS35042,00002E0 -19-28JUN11-4/9
PN=180
Operator Enclosure
UNIT:mm
308.5 mm
(12.1 in.)
50.0 mm R10.0 mm
(2.0 in.) (R0.4 in.)
R128.0 mm 11.0 mm
(R5.0 in.) (0.4 in.)
4
796.4 mm
(31.4 in.)
A
2 12.2 mm
40.0 mm 2 (0.5 in.)
(1.6 in.)
3R4.0 mm
(3R0.2 in.)
290.4 mm
(11.4 in.)
34.4 mm
(1.4 in.)
13.9 mm 433.8 mm
(0.5 in.) (17.1 in.)
TX1092089 —UN—08JUN11
SECTION A
R3.0 mm
(R0.1in.)
TX1092089
Cab Door Rear Sliding Glass
4— Cab Door Rear Sliding Glass a— Chamfer Along Periphery
Continued on next page DS35042,00002E0 -19-28JUN11-5/9
PN=181
Operator Enclosure
UNIT: mm 1011.5 mm
(39.8 in.)
983.0 mm
610.3 mm (78.1 in.)
(24.0 in.) 56.0 mm 480.0 mm
(2.2 in.) (18.9 in.)
468.5 mm
(18.4 in.) 213.0 mm 204.0 mm 265.0 mm 113.0 mm
(8.4 in.) (8.0 in.) (10.4 in.) (4.4 in.)
74.0 mm
(2.9 in.) 74.0 mm
50.0 mm (2.9 in.)
(2.0 in.)
7R5.0 mm 67.0 mm 74.0 mm
(7R0.2 in.) 2 21 mm 25.0 mm b (2.6 in.) (2.9 in.)
2 (0.8 in.) (1.0 in.)
R2867.0 mm
(R112.9 in.) R25.0 mm R25.0 mm C
(R1.0 in.) (R1.0 in.) 4R20.0 mm 68.0 mm
221.0 mm (2.7 in.)
(8.7 in.) R452.0 mm
R50.0 mm R150.0 mm (4R0.8 in.)
(R2.0 in.) (R5.9 in.)
(R17.8 in.) 227.0 mm
(8.9 in.) 220.0 mm 5
R55.0 mm R95.0 mm (8.7 in.)
(R2.2 in.) (R3.7 in.) R1075.0 mm 227.0 mm
54.3 mm B (R42.3 in.) (8.9 in.)
(2.1 in.) 278.5 mm
41.0 mm (11.0 in.)
R967.0 mm (1.6 in.)
(R38.1 in.) R462.0 mm
R10.0 mm R412.0 mm (R18.2 in.)
(R0.4 in.) (R16.2 in.) R85.0 mm
R60.0 mm (R3.3 in.)
(R2.4 in.) R1035.0 mm
(R40.7 in.)
33.0 mm R50.0 mm
(1.3 in.) (R2.0 in.) 55.5 mm
R412.0 mm (2.2 in.)
(R16.2 in.)
R78.0 mm 76.0 mm c
(R3.1 in.) (3.0 in.)
133.0 mm 193.0 mm 283.0 mm 117.0 mm
(5.2 in.) (7.6 in.) (11.1 in.) (4.6 in.)
235.0 mm 255.0 mm 380.0 mm
(9.3 in.) 127.0 mm (10.0 in.) (15.0 in.)
(5.0 in.)
Section A
d
5.0 mm C0.5 mm
(0.2 in.) Section B Section C
(C0.2 in.)
C0.5 mm C0.5 mm
(C0.2 in.) (C0.2 in.)
a C0.5 mm
(C0.2 in.)
TX1092090 —UN—08JUN11
R3.0 mm
(R0.1 in.)
TX1092090
Lower Cab Door Glass
5— Lower Cab Door Glass b— Black Ceramic Painted Range d— Shaded Paint Along Periphery
a— Black Ceramic Painted c— Chamfer Here
Surface
Continued on next page DS35042,00002E0 -19-28JUN11-6/9
PN=182
Operator Enclosure
UNIT: mm 496.0 mm
(19.5 in.)
448.0 mm
(17.6 in.)
196.5 mm 103.0 mm 319.0 mm
(7.7 in.) (4.1 in.) (12.6 in.)
1097 mm 190.0 mm
(7.5 in.) 683.0 mm
(43.2 in.) 3R5.0 mm (26.9 in.)
(3R0.2 in.) 35.0 mm 30.0 mm
1101.5 mm (1.4 in.) (1.2 in.) R20.0 mm
(43.4 in.) (R0.8 in.)
3.0 mm
(0.1 in.)
b
156.0 mm R90.0 mm
(6.1 in.) (R3.5 in.)
3R10.0 mm
(3R0.4 in.)
4R5.0 mm
(4R0.2 in.) R20.0 mm
(R0.8 in.) 632.0 mm
R4055.0 mm (24.9 in.)
Section A (R159.6 in.)
3.0 mm
(0.1 in.) R4026.0 mm
d (R158.5 in.)
5.0 mm C0.5 mm 30.5mm
(0.2 in.) (C0.2 in.) (1.2 in.)
3.0 mm 6
(0.1 in.) A
R80.0 mm
a (R3.1 in.)
C0.5 mm R86.0 mm
(C0.2 in.) (R3.4 in.)
Section B R110.0 mm
R74.0 mm (R4.3 in.)
(R2.9 in.)
R610.0 mm 297.0 mm
(R24.0 in.) (11.7 in.)
R638.0 mm
(R25.1 in.)
63.0 mm
(2.5 in.)
R3.0 mm R50.0 mm
(R0.1 in.) R3078.0 mm (R2.0 in.)
(R121.2 in.)
50.0 mm 42.0 mm
(2.0 in.) 40.0 mm (1.7 in.)
R1035.0 mm (1.6 in.) c 319.0 mm
(R40.7 in.) (12.6 in.)
119.5 mm 128.0 mm
R3035.0 mm (4.7 in.) (5.0 in.) B
(R119.5 in.) 267.0 mm
(10.5 in.)
Section C
TX1092091 —UN—08JUN11
C0.5 mm C0.5 mm
(C0.2 in.) (C0.2 in.)
TX1092091
Rear Left Side Glass
6— Rear Left Side Glass b— Black Ceramic Painted Range d— Shaded Paint Along Periphery
a— Black Ceramic Painted c— Chamfer Here
Surface
Continued on next page DS35042,00002E0 -19-28JUN11-7/9
PN=183
Operator Enclosure
50.0 mm
R2145.0 mm (2.0 in.)
R3000.0 mm R90.0 mm (R84.4 in.) 856.0 mm
(R118.1 in.) (R3.5 in.) R2940.0 mm A (33.7 in.)
37.0 mm R30.0 mm (R115.7 in.) 130.0 mm
(1.5 in.) (R1.2 in.) R10.0 mm (5.1 in.)
7
R4000.0 mm (R0.4 in.) 125.0 mm
(R157.5 in.) (4.9 in.)
R370.0 mm
R1100.0 mm (R14.6 in.) 148.5 mm
(R43.8 in.) (5.8 in.)
R700.0 mm
(R27.6 in.)
R45.0 mm R30.0 mm
(R1.8 in.) 107˚ (R1.2 in.) a
R710.0 mm
(R28.0 in.)
40.0 mm
2R5.0 mm (1.6 in.)
(2R0.2 in.) R200.0 mm
(R7.9 in.) R50.0 mm
(R2.0 in.)
R50.0 mm
R5000.0 mm (R2.0 in.) R1040.0 mm
(R196.9 in.) (R40.9 in.)
213.0 mm
(8.4 in.) R70.0 mm
R1200.0 mm 142.5 mm (R2.8 in.)
54.0 mm (R47.2 in.) (5.6 in.)
(2.1 in.)
536.8 mm
(21.1 in.)
1379.5 mm
(54.3 in.)
SECTION A
1603.8 mm
d (63.1 in.)
5.0 mm
TX1089919 —UN—08JUN11
(0.2 in.)
C0.5 mm
(C0.2 in.)
C0.5 mm
a (C0.2 in.)
TX1089919
Right Side Cab Glass
7— Right Side Cab Glass a— Black Ceramic Painted b— Black Ceramic Painted Range c— Shaded Paint Along Periphery
Surface
Continued on next page DS35042,00002E0 -19-28JUN11-8/9
PN=184
Operator Enclosure
844 mm
(33.2 in.)
97 mm 590 mm
(3.8 in.) (23.2 in.) 4 mm
4-R5 mm
(R0.5 in.) (0.2 in.)
72 mm 22 mm
(0.9 in.) b 76 mm
(2.8 in.) (3.0 in.)
a
4-R30 mm
(R1.2 in.)
288.5 mm
(11.4 in.) 15 mm
(0.6 in.)
645.5 mm 8
26 mm 2-R100 mm 26 mm
(25.4 in.) (1.0 in.) (R3.9 in.) (1.0 in.)
70 mm 2-R1000 mm
(2.8 in.) (R39.4 in.)
2-R450 mm A
(R17.7 in.)
215 mm 220 mm
(8.5 in.) 2-R58 mm
(R2.8 in.) (8.7 in.)
B
45 mm
(1.8 in.)
126 mm 590 mm
(5.0 in.) (23.2 in.)
A B
d
2-R200 mm
5 mm (R7.9 in.)
TX1089920 —UN—05APR11
(0.2 in.)
CO.0.5 mm
(CO.0.5 in.)
CO.0.5 mm
(CO.0.5 in.)
a
TX1089920
Rear Cab Glass
8— Rear Cab Glass
DS35042,00002E0 -19-28JUN11-9/9
PN=185
Operator Enclosure
PN=186
Group 1821
Seat and Seat Belt
Seat Remove and Install
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
NOTE: Sliding the seat to the front or the rear may
aid in the removal of the cap screws.
TX1090007 —UN—07JUN11
(approximate).................................................................................. 42 kg
93 lb.
RG80575,00008E6 -19-22JUL11-1/1
PN=187
Seat and Seat Belt
1
2
4
3
4
5
5 6
4
4
7
2
1
TX1093260 —UN—14JUN11
TX1093260
Seat Belt
1— Cap Screw (2 used) 3— Seat Belt Buckle 5— Tether (2 used) 7— Seat Belt Cover
2— Washer (2 used) 4— Spacer (4 used) 6— Seat Belt
PN=188
Seat and Seat Belt
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and 5. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
6. Apply PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer (medium
2. To remove seat belt buckle (3), remove cap screw (1), strength) on cap screws.
washer (2), seat belt buckle (3), spacer (4), tether (5),
and spacer (4). 7. To install seat belt buckle, install spacer, tether, spacer,
seat belt buckle, washer, and cap screw.
3. Slide seat belt cover (7) up to access hardware.
8. To install seat belt, install spacer, tether, spacer, seat
4. To remove seat belt (6), remove cap screw (1), washer belt, washer, and cap screw.
(2), seat belt (6), spacer (4), tether (5), and spacer (4).
RG80575,000090C -19-02AUG11-2/2
PN=189
Seat and Seat Belt
TX1091971 —UN—09MAY11
PN=190
Seat and Seat Belt
1— Seat Assembly 8— Headrest 15— Damper Spring Kit 22— Suspension Cover Kit
2— Back Rest Cover 9— Seat Adjuster Cable 16— Bearing Kit 23— Air Spring
3— Back Rest Foam 10— Adjustment Handle (2 used) 17— Up Stop Bump Stop Kit 24— Lever Center Pivot
4— Bottom Seat Cover 11— Height Riser Spring (4 used) 18— Tether Belt (2 used) 25— Fore and Aft Adjust Kit
5— Bottom Seat Foam 12— Air Lumbar Support Kit 19— Suspension Wiring Kit 26— Heater Wire Lead Kit
6— Seat Frame 13— Height Riser Kit 20— 24 V Air Compressor Kit
7— Heater Kit (24 volt) 14— 55 Suspension Kit 21— KV Valve Kit
RG80575,00008E7 -19-02AUG11-2/2
TX1092285A —UN—17MAY11
Left Console Armrest and Lower Inside Console Cover Cap Screws
RG80575,00008E8 -19-26JUL11-1/15
TX1092287A —UN—17MAY11
PN=191
Seat and Seat Belt
4. Remove cap screw (4) from upper cover rear and cap
screw (5) from lower outside console cover.
TX1092369A —UN—17MAY11
Left Upper and Lower Outside Console Cover Cap Screws
RG80575,00008E8 -19-26JUL11-3/15
6— Electrical Connector
TX1092298A —UN—17MAY11
PN=192
Seat and Seat Belt
6. Remove cap screws (7) from the left lower inside and
outside console covers.
TX1092301A —UN—17MAY11
Left Lower Inside and Outside Console Cover Cap Screws
RG80575,00008E8 -19-26JUL11-5/15
TX1092303A —UN—17MAY11
PN=193
Seat and Seat Belt
TX1092304A —UN—17MAY11
Pilot Shutoff Lever Cap Screws and Left Lower Outside Console Cover
RG80575,00008E8 -19-26JUL11-7/15
10. Remove cap screw (11) and left lower inside console
cover (12).
TX1092316A —UN—17MAY11
PN=194
Seat and Seat Belt
TX1092368A —UN—17MAY11
Right Upper Console Cover Cap Screws
RG80575,00008E8 -19-26JUL11-9/15
TX1092321A —UN—17MAY11
PN=195
Seat and Seat Belt
TX1092325A —UN—17MAY11
Right Upper Console Cover Cap Screw (tray removed)
RG80575,00008E8 -19-26JUL11-11/15
TX1092330A —UN—17MAY11
PN=196
Seat and Seat Belt
TX1093621A —UN—23JUN11
Right Upper Console Cover Electrical Connector
RG80575,00008E8 -19-26JUL11-13/15
18. Remove cap screws (19) and right lower inside and
outside console covers.
TX1092337A —UN—17MAY11
PN=197
Seat and Seat Belt
19. Remove cap screw (20) and right lower inside console
cover.
20. Remove right lower outside console cover.
21. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
22. Install right lower outside console cover cap screw.
23. Install right lower inside console cover and cap screws.
24. Connect electrical connectors and install upper
console cover.
25. Install cap screws for the right upper console cover,
lower inside and outside console cover and armrest.
TX1092340A —UN—17MAY11
26. Install cap screws for the right pilot shutoff cover and
slide right pilot control lever boot to proper location.
27. Install left lower inside and outside console covers and
caps screws.
28. Install pilot shutoff covers and cap screws.
29. Install left armrest and cap screws. Right Lower Inside Console Cover Cap Screw
30. Connect electrical connectors to left upper console
cover. Install cap screws for upper and lower outside 20— Cap Screw (2 used)
console covers.
31. Slide left pilot control lever boot to proper location.
RG80575,00008E8 -19-26JUL11-15/15
PN=198
Group 1830
Heating and Air Conditioning
Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling To prevent skin from freezing to container. Do
not handle damp refrigerant container with
CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or your bare hands. Wear gloves.
skin on contact. Do not allow liquid refrigerant
to contact eyes or skin. Wear goggles, gloves, If skin freezes to container, pour cool water
and protective clothing. over container to free skin. Seek professional
medical treatment immediately.
If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, do
not rub the area. Splash large amounts of IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery,
cool water on affected area. Seek professional recycling, and charging stations. Never mix
medical treatment immediately. refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components,
or refrigerant oils.
To prevent injury from possible explosion, do not
allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very Use only approved R134a refrigerant products.
hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric Mixing of products not compatible, will cause
heating element, and lighted smoking materials. system damage and contaminate recovery,
recycling, and charging station equipment. Care
To prevent possible injury, do not heat refrigerant
must be taken to identify and use equipment,
over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container.
refrigerant oil, and refrigerant designed only for
Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure
R134a refrigerant systems. Refrigerant should
which can burst container.
be tested for type and purity before recovery,
Keep refrigerant containers away from heat recycling, or charging of system.
sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place.
DS35042,00002E5 -19-06JUN11-1/1
PN=199
Heating and Air Conditioning
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and f. Connect battery power to compressor clutch coil.
Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) Rotate pulley at least five revolutions to move
solvent out of cylinders.
2. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a
Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) g. Invert compressor. Roll end for end and side to
side. Drain thoroughly.
Add flushing solvent to system with JT02075 Flusher
and JT02098 Flusher Fitting Kit. h. Repeat previous two steps at least three times.
3. Remove and discard receiver/dryer. See 9. Divide system into two circuits:
Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) • Condenser circuit, including inlet and outlet hoses.
4. Connect flusher outlet hose to inlet end of compressor • Evaporator circuit, including inlet and outlet hoses.
discharge line using appropriate adapter. 10. Flush/purge condenser:
5. Fill flusher tank with solvent and fasten all connections. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioner system
Dispose of solvent properly. contamination. Do not attempt to flush through
Specification compressor or receiver/dryer. Flushing through
Flusher Tank—Capacity...................................................................... 4 L expansion valve is acceptable if refrigerant oil
1 gal. has a normal odor and appearance.
NOTE: Air pressure must be at specification for a. Remove and discard receiver/dryer. See
flushing and purging. Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)
Specification b. Connect flusher outlet hose to inlet end of
Air Pressure—Minimum compressor discharge line using appropriate
Pressure (for flushing and adapter.
purging)....................................................................................... 620 kPa
90 psi c. Fill flusher tank with solvent and fasten all
6.2 bar connections.
Specification
6. Connect supply line of moisture-free compressed air Flusher Tank—Capacity...................................................................... 4 L
or dry nitrogen to flusher air valve. 1 gal.
7. Open air valve to force flushing solvent into condenser NOTE: Air pressure must be at least to specification
circuit. Flusher tank is empty when hose pulsing stops. for flushing and purging.
Additional flushing cycles are required if system is
heavily contaminated with burned oil or metal particles. Specification
Air Pressure—Minimum
8. Clean compressor as follows: Pressure (for flushing and
purging)....................................................................................... 620 kPa
a. Remove compressor and measure oil drained
90 psi
from both manifold ports. See Air Conditioner
6.2 bar
Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)
b. Connect flusher outlet hose to inlet end of d. Connect supply line of moisture-free compressed
compressor discharge line using appropriate air or dry nitrogen to flusher air valve.
adapter.
e. Open air valve to force flushing solvent into
c. Pour flushing solvent into suction port and discharge condenser circuit. Flusher tank is empty when
port. Plug both ports in compressor manifold, using hose pulsing stops. Additional flushing cycles are
JT02099 and JT03194 Caps. required if system is heavily contaminated with
burned oil or metal particles.
Specification
Flushing Solvent in f. Attach return hose and aerator nozzle to end of
Suction Port—Volume.................................................................. 240 mL receiver/dryer inlet hose using appropriate adapter.
8 fl oz. Put nozzle in container to collect flushing solvent.
Continued on next page RG80575,0000987 -19-29AUG11-1/2
PN=200
Heating and Air Conditioning
11. See flush evaporator, if evaporator requires flushing. c. Connect supply line of moisture-free compressed
If system is contaminated with burned refrigerant oil air or dry nitrogen to flusher air valve.
or debris, remove and bench flush evaporator. See d. Attach hose and aerator nozzle to compressor
following steps to flush evaporator through expansion inlet line using appropriate adapter. Put nozzle in
valve, if oil appears normal. container to collect solvent.
12. Flush evaporator: NOTE: Purging evaporator circuit takes 12—15 minutes
a. Remove evaporator and expansion valve. See to thoroughly remove solvent.
Heater and Air Conditioner Remove and Install.
(Group 1830.) 14. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check circuit
for solvent. Hold hose close to piece of cardboard and
b. Force flushing solvent through evaporator inlet with continue purging until cardboard is dry.
compressed air.
15. Install new receiver/dryer compatible with R134a
c. Purge system until dry. refrigerant. Fasten connections and mounting bracket.
See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group
d. Install evaporator and then go to step 13. See
1830.)
Heater and Air Conditioner Remove and Install.
(Group 1830.) 16. Add required oil. See R134a Refrigerant Oil
Information. (Group 1830.)
13. Flush evaporator through expansion valve:
17. Install compressor and connect refrigerant lines to
a. Connect flusher outlet hose to connection of
manifold. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove
receiver/dryer outlet hose using appropriate adapter.
and Install. (Group 1830.)
b. Fill flusher tank and fasten all connections.
18. Connect clutch coil wire and install drive belt. See
Specification Replace Air Conditioner V-Belt. (Operator’s Manual.)
Flusher Tank—Capacity...................................................................... 4 L
1 gal.
PN=201
Heating and Air Conditioning
Normal operating oil level of compressor removed If component is serviceable, pour flushing solvent in ports
from operation cannot be seen through suction port of and internally wash out old oil and discard oil properly.
compressor. 1. Install new receiver/dryer. See Receiver-Dryer
Compressors can be divided into three categories when Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)
determining correct oil charge for system: 2. Install required amount of R134a compressor oil.
• New compressor 3. Connect all components.
• Used compressor removed from operation
• Compressor internally washed with flushing solvent 4. Evacuate air conditioning system. See Evacuate
R134a System. (Group 1830.)
Determine the amount of system oil charge prior to
installation of compressor on a machine. 5. Charge R134a air conditioning system. See Charge
R134a System. (Group 1830.)
When complete system, lines, and components are
flushed, add correct amount of oil as described.
Specification
Oil—Volume................................................................................. 180 mL
6 fl oz.
DS35042,00002E7 -19-21SEP11-1/1
PN=202
Heating and Air Conditioning
TX1098617 —UN—23SEP11
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery,
recycling, and charging station. Do not mix 5
refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components,
or refrigerant oils.
Recover R134a Refrigerant 1. Run air conditioning system for 3 minutes to help in
recovery process.
CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes
or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, 2. Turn air conditioning system off before proceeding
and protective clothing. with recovery steps.
3. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
See Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.)
(Group 1830.)
4. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery-Recycling
recycling, and charging stations. Do not and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group
mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, 1830.)
or refrigerant oils.
5. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions when using the
refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station.
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Do not remove
high pressure relief valve. Air conditioning
system will discharge rapidly.
RG80575,000094F -19-22AUG11-1/1
PN=203
Heating and Air Conditioning
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and 7. If the vacuum decreases more than specified amount
Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) in 5 minutes, there is a leak in the system.
Specification
2. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging Leak Present—Decrease
station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery-Recycling in Vacuum..................................................................................... 3.4 kPa
and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 34 mbar
1830.) 1 in. Hg
3. Open low and high pressure valves on refrigerant 8. Repair leak.
recovery, recycling, and charging station.
9. Start to evacuate.
4. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions and evacuate
system. 10. Open low-side and high-side valves.
NOTE: The vacuum specifications listed are for sea level 11. Evacuate system for 30 minutes after initial specified
conditions. Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in. Hg) vacuum is reached.
from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for each 300
m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. 12. Close low-side and high-side valves. Stop evacuation.
13. Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group
5. Evacuate system until low pressure gauge registers 1830.)
specified vacuum.
RG80575,0000950 -19-22AUG11-1/1
PN=204
Heating and Air Conditioning
Charge R134a System NOTE: Before beginning to charge air conditioning system,
the following conditions must exist: Key switch off,
CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes the pump must be capable of pulling at least 28.6 in.
or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, Hg vacuum (sea level). Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar)
and protective clothing. (1 in. Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for
each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level.
See Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling.
Specification
(Group 1830.)
Evacuate
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, System—Vacuum........................ Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each
recycling, and charging stations. Do not 300 m elevation above sea level
mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each
or refrigerant oils. 300 m elevation above seal level
Subtract 1 in. Hg from 29 in. Hg for each
1000 ft elevation above sea level
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Do not remove
high pressure relief valve. Air conditioning 4. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions and charge
system will discharge rapidly. system.
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and 5. Add refrigerant to system.
Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) Specification
2. Connect JT02045 R134a refrigerant recovery, Air Conditioning System
recycling, and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant—Refrigerant
Refrigerant Recovery-Recycling and Charging Station Quantity................................................................................. 1050 ± 50 g
Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.) 2.3 ± 0.1 lb.
3. Evacuate system. See Evacuate R134a System. 6. Perform air conditioner check. See Operational
(Group 1830.) Checkout. (Group 9005-10.)
RG80575,0000951 -19-22AUG11-1/1
PN=205
Heating and Air Conditioning
TX1095294A —UN—01AUG11
pressure line (2). Close all openings using caps and
plugs.
6. Remove cap screws (5) and compressor (6).
NOTE: If compressor was replaced due to internal
malfunction, flush and purge each component in
the air conditioning system individually.
Compressor
7. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
8. Inspect and fill compressor with oil. See R134a 1— Electrical Connector 5— Cap Screw (4 used)
2— Low Pressure Line 6— Compressor
Refrigerant Oil Information. Group (1830.) 3— High Pressure Line 7— Belt
4— Cap Screw (2 used)
9. Install compressor and tighten cap screws to
specification.
Specification
Air Conditioning 11. Connect electrical connector.
Compressor Cap
12. Install belt. See Replace Air Conditioner V-Belt.
Screw—Torque..............................................................................30 N·m
(Operator’s Manual.)
22 lb.-ft.
13. Evacuate and charge the system. See Evacuate
10. Replace O-rings and connect high pressure line and R134a System and see Charge R134a System.
low pressure line. Install and tighten cap screws to (Group 1830.)
specification.
Specification
Pressure Line Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................28 N·m
21 lb.-ft.
RG80575,00008F7 -19-01AUG11-1/1
PN=206
Heating and Air Conditioning
TX1093864 —UN—27JUN11
for clutch coil wire (3).
7. Remove and discard snap ring (5).
8. Remove clutch coil (4).
9. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
10. Install clutch coil. Compressor
18. Install clutch hub-to-shaft cap screw. Tighten to 20. Install compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor
specification. Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)
Specification 21. Perform Evacuate R134a System. (Group 1830.)
Clutch Hub-to-Shaft
22. Perform Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)
Bolt—Torque..................................................................................14 N·m
120 lb.-in.
DS35042,00002ED -19-27JUN11-1/1
PN=207
Heating and Air Conditioning
TX1093594A —UN—28JUN11
9. Replace O-rings and connect compressor-to-
condenser line and condenser-to-evaporator line.
Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
Compressor-to-
Condenser Line and
Condenser-to-Evaporator Receiver/Dryer
Line—Torque.................................................................................23 N·m
17 lb.-ft.
3— Condenser 7— Compressor-to-Condenser
4— Receiver/Dryer Line
10. Connect electrical connector. 5— Cap Screw (4 used) 8— Electrical Connector
6— Cap Screw (2 used) 9— Condenser-to-Evaporator
11. Evacuate and charge system. See Evacuate R134a Line
System and see Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)
RG80575,00008F9 -19-29AUG11-2/2
PN=208
Heating and Air Conditioning
TX1096492A —UN—23AUG11
Monitor Control Electrical Connections
RG80575,0000939 -19-22AUG11-2/6
TX1096490A —UN—23AUG11
Left Side AC/Heater Connections
PN=209
Heating and Air Conditioning
TX1096491A —UN—23AUG11
AC and Heater Panel
RG80575,0000939 -19-22AUG11-4/6
15. Remove cap screws (25) and fresh air inlet duct (24).
TX1093041A —UN—07JUN11
Fresh Air Inlet Duct
PN=210
Heating and Air Conditioning
TX1093039A —UN—08JUN11
21. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
22. Install heater-air conditioner.
23. Connect air duct.
24. Connect engine coolant hoses and refrigerant lines.
25. Install fresh air inlet duct. Air Conditioner Component Location
PN=211
Heating and Air Conditioning
TX1093711A —UN—27JUN11
6. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
7. Install receiver/dryer.
8. Install new O-rings and align receiver/dryer-to-
condenser lines. Install cap screws (5) and tighten
to specification.
Specification Receiver/Dryer
Receiver/Dryer-to-
Condenser Line Cap
2— Condenser 5— Receiver/Dryer-to-
Screw—Torque................................................................................5 N·m 3— Receiver/Dryer Condenser Line Cap Screw
44 lb.-in. 4— Cap Screw (4 used) (2 used)
6— Receiver/Dryer-to-
9. Evacuate and charge system. See Evacuate R134a Condenser Line (2 used)
System and see Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)
DS35042,00002F0 -19-20JUL11-2/2
PN=212
Section 19
Sheet Metal
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 1910
Hood and Engine Side Shields
Hood Remove and Install
1. Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Remove cap screws (1) and panels (2-4).
TX1093782A —UN—05JUL11
Hood Panels
BE7856,0000044 -19-02SEP11-1/3
TX1093783A —UN—22JUN11
Right Front Door
PN=215
Hood and Engine Side Shields
TX1093784A —UN—27JUN11
8. Install panels and cap screws.
TX1093785A —UN—27JUN11
BE7856,0000044 -19-02SEP11-3/3
PN=216
Hood and Engine Side Shields
TX1095510 —UN—02AUG11
4
6
TX1093703A —UN—06JUL11
Exhaust Pipe
PN=217
Hood and Engine Side Shields
TX1093705A —UN—06JUL11
Left Rear Engine Side Cover
BE7856,0000045 -19-02SEP11-2/9
TX1093706A —UN—23JUN11
PN=218
Hood and Engine Side Shields
TX1093707A —UN—23JUN11
Right Front Engine Side Cover
BE7856,0000045 -19-02SEP11-4/9
TX1093755A —UN—01JUL11
PN=219
Hood and Engine Side Shields
TX1093756A —UN—27JUN11
Left Support
BE7856,0000045 -19-02SEP11-6/9
TX1093757A —UN—23JUN11
PN=220
Hood and Engine Side Shields
TX1093758A —UN—23JUN11
Lower Rear Hydraulic Pump Cover
BE7856,0000045 -19-02SEP11-8/9
TX1093761A —UN—23JUN11
screws.
17. Install lower rear hydraulic pump cover and cap screws.
18. Install center hydraulic pump cover and cap screws.
19. Install left support and cap screws.
20. Install wiring harness and cap screws to support.
Upper Rear Hydraulic Pump Cover
21. Install right front engine side cover and cap screws.
22. Install right rear engine side cover and cap screws. 19— Cap Screw (3 used) 21— Drain Hose
20— Upper Rear Hydraulic
23. Install left rear engine side cover and cap screws. Pump Cover
24. Install left front engine side cover and cap screws.
25. Install exhaust pipe and cap screws.
26. Install hood. See Hood Remove and Install. (Group
1910.)
BE7856,0000045 -19-02SEP11-9/9
PN=221
Hood and Engine Side Shields
PN=222
Group 1921
Grille and Grille Housing
Cooling Package Door Remove and Install
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Remove cap screws (1) and open cooling package
TX1096805A —UN—26AUG11
door (2).
RG80575,0000979 -19-26AUG11-1/2
TX1096806A —UN—26AUG11
RG80575,0000979 -19-26AUG11-2/2
PN=223
Grille and Grille Housing
PN=224
Section 33
Excavator
Contents
Page Page
PN=1
Contents
Page
PN=2
Group 3302
Buckets
Bucket Remove and Install
1. Park machine and prepare for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Lower bucket to the ground and roll bucket so that the
TX1010083 —UN—18JUL06
flat surface is touching the ground.
Bucket
JD29379,000008A -19-21SEP11-1/4
TX1010642A —UN—26JUL06
Bucket O-ring
PN=227
Buckets
2 3
2
5 4
4 5
3
7 8
6
11
10
TX1095130 —UN—02AUG11
TX1095130
Bucket Pins
2— O-Ring (2 used) 5— Bushing (2 used) 8— Bucket-to-Center Link Pin 11— Bucket-to-Arm Pin
3— O-Ring (2 used) 6— Nut (2 used) 9— Nut (2 used)
4— Seal (2 used) 7— Cap Screw 10— Cap Screw
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 9. Apply grease to pins and bores.
heavy component. Bucket could possibly roll.
10. Align machine arm with bucket.
Secure bucket position with appropriate blocking.
4. Remove nuts (6 and 9) and cap screws (7 and 10). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
11. Use an appropriate lifting device to install pins.
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
12. Adjust bucket to arm joint. See Installing Bucket.
5. Use an appropriate lifting device to remove pins (8 (Operator’s Manual.)
and 11).
NOTE: Tighten retaining nuts against each other, not
Specification retainer. Cap screw must be free to turn in hole.
Bucket-to-Center
Link Pin—Weight 13. Install O-rings, cap screws and nuts.
(approximate).................................................................................. 53 kg
117 lb. IMPORTANT: Install O-rings with the separation
Bucket-to-Arm section away from making contact with soil.
Pin—Weight This will prevent the O-ring from being damaged
(approximate).................................................................................. 56 kg quickly from soil or foreign matter.
124 lb.
IMPORTANT: Install nuts so there is no gap in
6. Separate bucket from arm. O-ring. Cut off excess bolt so as not to cause
7. Check pins and bushings for wear. See Inspect Pins, damage to the O-ring from soil being trapped
Bushings and Bosses—Front Attachment. (Group between the bolt and O-ring.
3340.)
14. Install O-rings and nuts.
8. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
PN=228
Buckets
PN=229
Buckets
B
4
5
A
6 3
2
10 16
15
11
9 14
TX1009665 —UN—14JUL06
8 13
7 12
17
Section A Section B
TX1009665
Bucket Pin-Up Data
1— Bucket Pin A-to-Guide Link 6— Bucket Arm Pin-to-Bucket 11— Bucket Pin Vertical Offset 16— Bucket Pin B Locking Cap
Arm Pin Distance Tooth Tip Distance (bucket resting flat on Screw Angle
2— Guide Link Arm Pin-to-Arm 7— Bucket Pin A Cap ground) 17— Bucket Pin A Cap
Centerline Offset Screw Hole-to-Pin End 12— Bucket Pin B Cap Screw Screw Hole-to-Pin End
3— Guide Link Length (minimum—without shim) Hole-to-Pin End (minimum) (minimum—with shim)
4— Bucket Link Length 8— Bucket Pin A Bucket Ear 13— Bucket Pin B Bucket Ear
5— Bucket Pin Distance Bushing Inner Distance Bushing Inner Distance
9— Bucket Pin A Bucket Ear 14— Bucket Pin B Bucket Ear
Bushing Bore Size Bushing Bore Size
10— Bucket Pin Distance (bucket 15— Bucket Pin A Locking Cap
resting flat on ground) Screw Angle
PN=230
Group 3340
Frames
Bucket Links Remove and Install
1. Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare
for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Lower bucket so bottom of bucket is resting on ground.
TX1003799 —UN—17FEB06
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
PN=231
Frames
5. Remove nuts (4), cap screw (10), and bucket link pin
(5).
Specification
TX1089783A —UN—11MAY11
Bucket Link Pin—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 53 kg
117 lb.
8. Remove nuts (11), cap screw (13), arm link pin (12), 10. Using appropriate lifting device, position bucket links
left arm link (3), and right arm link (2). so that pins can be installed.
PN=232
Frames
T106031 —UN—10JAN97
3. Retract arm cylinder and lower front attachment to
the ground.
4. Release pressure in front attachment hydraulic circuit.
See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 3360.)
5. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing Machine Position
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. Screen. (Operator's Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to
(Group 9025-25.) Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
6. Drain or apply vacuum to hydraulic oil tank. See
Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction
JD29379,0000042 -19-21SEP11-1/6
TX1095059 —UN—22JUL11
7
PN=233
Frames
12
11
8
TX1095060 —UN—22JUL11
11
10
Arm
Continued on next page JD29379,0000042 -19-21SEP11-3/6
PN=234
Frames
TX1095061 —UN—22JUL11
12. Support arm (8) with appropriate lifting device.
16 23 24
Specification
15
2.9 m (9 ft. 6 in.) Arm with
Bucket Cylinder—Weight
(approximate).............................................................................. 2400 kg
5291 lb.
3.4 m (11 ft. 2 in.)
Arm with Bucket Arm Pins
Cylinder—Weight
(approximate).............................................................................. 2330 kg
8— Arm 20— Retaining Plate
5137 lb. 13— Thrust Plate (2 used) 21— Washer (4 used)
3.9 m (12 ft. 10 14— Shim 22— Cap Screw (4 used)
in.) Arm with Bucket 15— Arm Pin 23— Stop
Cylinder—Weight 16— Seal (2 used) 24— Nut (2 used)
17— Bushing (2 used) 25— Cap Screw
(approximate).............................................................................. 2640 kg 18— Spacer 26— Arm Cylinder Pin
5820 lb. 19— Bushing
4.9 m (16 ft. 1 in.)
Arm with Bucket
Cylinder—Weight
(approximate).............................................................................. 1850 kg 14. Remove thrust plates (13) and shims (14).
4079 lb. 15. Remove arm.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 16. Inspect pins and bushings for wear. See Inspect Pins,
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Bushings and Bosses—Front Attachment. (Group
3340.)
13. Use appropriate lifting device and remove arm pin (15). 17. Clean pins and bores.
Specification
Arm Pin—Weight
18. Apply grease to pins and bores.
(approximate).................................................................................. 72 kg
159 lb.
Continued on next page JD29379,0000042 -19-21SEP11-4/6
PN=235
Frames
TX1095061 —UN—22JUL11
4.9 m (16 ft. 1 in.)
16 23 24
Arm with Bucket
Cylinder—Weight
15
(approximate).............................................................................. 1850 kg
4079 lb.
PN=236
Frames
JD29379,0000042 -19-21SEP11-6/6
TX1094061A —UN—01JUL11
(Group 3302.)
3. Remove arm. See Arm Remove and Install. (Group
3340.)
4. Release pressure in boom hydraulic circuit. See
Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group
3360.)
Boom Hydraulic Hoses
5. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. 3— Boom 5— Hydraulic Hose (4 used)
(Group 9025-25.) 4— Cap Screw (16 used)
TX1094062A —UN—01JUL11
Boom Cylinder Lubrication Hoses
Continued on next page JD29379,000008D -19-21SEP11-2/5
PN=237
Frames
TX1094064 —UN—18JUL11
926 lb.
Specification
Boom Cylinder
Pin—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 101 kg
223 lb.
PN=238
Frames
E2 13
15
14
16
21
TX1094067 —UN—22AUG11
17
19
TX1094067 22 18
Boom Pins and Light
13— Cap Screw (2 used) 16— Boom Pin 19— Shim (2 used) E2— Left Boom Light
14— Washer (2 used) 17— Thrust Plate 21— Wiring Harness
15— Retaining Plate 18— Thrust Plate 22— Wiring Connector
PN=239
Frames
22. Install retaining plate, washers, and cap screws. 26. Repeat steps 21 and 22 for other boom cylinder.
Tighten cap screws to specification.
27. Connect lubrication hoses. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Specification
Boom Pin Cap
Lubrication
Screw—Torque............................................................................400 N·m
Hose—Torque...............................................................................30 N·m
295 lb-ft
22 lb-ft
23. Connect wiring connector.
28. Connect hydraulic hoses and install cap screws.
Tighten to specification.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Specification
Hydraulic Hose Cap
NOTE: Boom cylinder pin can be pushed in boom Screw—Torque............................................................................140 N·m
to raise one cylinder at a time. 103 lb-ft
Specification 31. Bleed air from boom and arm cylinders. See Hydraulic
Boom Cylinder Cylinder Bleed Procedure. (Group 3360.)
Pin—Weight
32. Install arm. See Arm Remove and Install. (Group
(approximate)................................................................................ 101 kg
3340.)
223 lb.
33. Install bucket. See Bucket Remove and Install. (Group
25. Install washer, retaining plate, lock washers, and caps 3302.)
screws to boom cylinder pin. Tighten to specification.
Specification
34. Grease boom pin joints. See Lubricate Front End Pin
Boom Cylinder Pin Cap
Joints. (Operator's Manual.)
Screw—Torque............................................................................400 N·m
295 lb-ft
JD29379,000008D -19-21SEP11-5/5
PN=240
Frames
TX1004442 —UN—06MAR06
8— Bucket Cylinder Rod
3— Boom Cylinder Rod End-to-Side and Bucket 4
End-to-Boom Joint Links Joint
4— Boom-to-Arm Joint 9— Side Links-to-Arm Joint
9
11
5— Arm Cylinder Rod 10— Bucket Link-to-Bucket
End-to-Arm Joint Joint 2
6— Arm Cylinder Head 11— Bucket-to-Arm Joint
End-to-Boom Joint
TX1004442
Boom, Arm and Bucket
PN=241
Frames
PN=242
Frames
TX1092650 —UN—25MAY11
4. Install dust seals with lip toward outside of component.
TX1092651 —UN—26MAY11
Dust Seal Thickness
JD29379,000008F -19-15SEP11-1/1
PN=243
Frames
PN=244
Group 3360
Hydraulic System
Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
3. Assemble fittings and hydraulic oil line adapter from
D15032NU Vacuum Pump Kit, and JT07085A Vacuum
Pump Set.
4. Remove plug and install fitting (2) to hydraulic oil tank
(3)
TX1094975A —UN—22JUL11
5. Install hydraulic oil line adapter from D15032NU
Vacuum Pump Kit, and JT07085A Vacuum Pump
Set to fitting on hydraulic oil tank. Refer to pump
instructions for operating information.
BE7856,0000024 -19-02AUG11-1/1
TX1009541 —UN—13JUL06
NOTE: When engine stop switch is in the STOP
position, the starter motor will crank the engine
but it will not start. With engine cranking, the
pilot pump will generate enough pilot oil flow 4
and pressure to shift the spools in the control
valve releasing circuit pressure.
PN=245
Hydraulic System
TX1096578A —UN—25AUG11
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high
pressure fluid. High pressure release of oil from
pressurized system can cause serious burns
or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from
hydraulic system before servicing.
11. Tag and disconnect case drain hose (5). Close all
openings using caps and plugs.
12. Tag and disconnect pump 1 delivery pressure sensor
(B35). See Pump Harness (W8) Component Location.
(Group 9015-10.)
TX1096582A —UN—25AUG11
PN=246
Hydraulic System
TX1096584A —UN—25AUG11
Suction Line
JA66566,0000972 -19-21SEP11-3/8
14. Tag and disconnect pilot pressure hose (8). Close all
openings using caps and plugs.
15. Tag and disconnect electrical connectors (B36, B38,
Y52, and Y53). See Pump Harness (W8) Component
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
TX1096586A —UN—26AUG11
8— Pilot Pressure Hose Y52— Pump Control Valve
B36— Pump 1 Control Solenoid 1
Pressure Sensor Y53— Pump Control Valve
B38— Pump 2 Control Solenoid 2
Pressure Sensor
JA66566,0000972 -19-21SEP11-4/8
TX1096740A —UN—25AUG11
Pressure Sensor
PN=247
Hydraulic System
TX1096741A —UN—25AUG11
Specification
Pump 1 and 2—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 285 kg
629 lb.
9— Eyebolt (2 used)
Eyebolt Location
JA66566,0000972 -19-21SEP11-6/8
19. Remove cap screws (10) and set bracket (11) aside.
20. Remove cap screws (12) and remove pump 1 and 2.
TX1096725A —UN—25AUG11
Bracket
PN=248
Hydraulic System
TX1096587A —UN—25AUG11
Pump 1 and 2 Disassemble and Assemble. (Group
3360.)
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible dampener drive or
gear damage. Align gear with dampener drive
prior to installing pump 1 and 2.
TX1096589A —UN—25AUG11
and Pilot Pump Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.)
29. Connect supply pressure line (pump 1 and 2 to right 13— Gear 14— Dampener Drive
control valve [4-spool]) and cap screws.
30. Connect supply pressure line (pump 1 and 2 to left
control valve [5-spool]) and cap screws. 36. Install engine side shields. See Engine Side Shields
Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
31. Connect electrical connectors (B36, B38, Y52, and
Y53). See Pump Harness (W8) Component Location. 37. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic
(Group 9015-10.) Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s
Manual.)
32. Connect pump 1 and 2 delivery pressure sensors
(B35 and B37). See Pump Harness (W8) Component 38. Fill pump 1 and 2 with hydraulic oil. See Pump 1 and
Location. (Group 9015-10.) 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)
33. Install fan drive pump. See Fan Drive Pump Remove 39. Connect the battery negative (-) cable.
and Install. (Group 3360.)
40. Operate machine and check for leaks.
34. Install pilot pump. See Pilot Pump Remove and Install.
(Group 3360.)
35. Install exhaust filter. See Exhaust Filter Remove and
Install. (Group 0530.)
JA66566,0000972 -19-21SEP11-8/8
PN=249
Hydraulic System
71 72
77 70 26
78 37 27
79 91 38
80 30 29 28
92 36 32 25
27
81 90 34 37
39 38 30 29
33 36 28
49 48
45 32 50
41 51
41 40 33 52
42 53
31 54
42 34
46 39
47 40
42
43
3 4
35 2
41 44 8
22 7
21
20 6
46 1 5
47
23
11
19 82
87 10
9
24
17
18 12
TX1095979 —UN—12AUG11
16 13
86
24
85 14 88
89
TX1095979 15
Pumps 1 and 2
PN=250
Hydraulic System
1— Valve Cover 24— Needle Bearing (2 used) 47— Snap Ring (2 used) 70— Snap Ring (2 used)
2— Nut (2 used) 25— Valve Plate 48— Backup Ring (2 used) 71— Bearing Spacer (2 used)
3— Set Screw (2 used) 26— Valve Plate 49— O-Ring (2 used) 72— Drive Gear
4— Cap Screw 27— Cylinder Block (2 used) 50— Stopper (2 used) 73— Driven Gear
5— Booster 28— Cylinder Spring (18 used) 51— Servo Piston (2 used) 74— Bearing Spacer
6— O-Ring 29— Spherical Bushing (2 used) 52— Stopper (2 used) 75— Snap Ring
7— Booster Cover 30— Retainer (2 used) 53— O-Ring (2 used) 76— Front Casing
8— Cap Screw (5 used) 31— Roller Bearing 54— Backup Ring (2 used) 77— O-Ring
9— O-Ring 32— Plunger (18 used) 55— Pump Casing 78— Oil Seal
10— Cover 33— Shoe Plate (2 used) 56— Eyebolt (2 used) 79— Front Cover
11— Cap Screw (2 used) 34— Swash Plate (2 used) 57— Plug (20 used) 80— Snap Ring
12— Cap Screw (2 used) 35— Pin 58— O-Ring (5 used) 81— Cap Screw (11 used)
13— Cap Screw (9 used) 36— Tilt Bushing (2 used) 59— O-Ring (2 used) 82— Coupling
14— Plug (2 used) 37— Tilt Pin (2 used) 60— Name Plate 83— Pin (4 used)
15— O-Ring (2 used) 38— Feedback Pin (2 used) 61— Rivet (2 used) 84— Pin
16— Plug (12 used) 39— Swash Plate Stand (2 used) 62— Screw (4 used) 85— Inner Spacer
17— Valve Plate Pin (2 used) 40— Pin (2 used) 63— Plug (3 used) 86— Stop Ring
18— Seat Packing (2 used) 41— Snap Ring (3 used) 64— O-Ring (3 used) 87— Pin (4 used)
19— Pin (4 used) 42— Bearing Spacer (3 used) 65— Cap Screw (8 used) 88— O-Ring (2 used)
20— Stopper (2 used) 43— Roller Bearing 66— Cap Screw (8 used) 89— Plug (2 used)
21— Steel Ball (2 used) 44— Drive Shaft 67— Servo Cover (2 used) 90— Cover
22— Seat (2 used) 45— Driven Shaft 68— Nut (2 used) 91— Cap Screw (8 used)
23— Plug (2 used) 46— Bearing Spacer (2 used) 69— Set Screw (2 used) 92— O-Ring
7. Install eyebolts M12 x 1.75 mm to valve cover (1). 17. Remove oil seal (78) from front cover.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
8. Remove cap screws (4, 12, and 13) and remove valve 18. Remove cap screws (81) and remove front casing (76).
cover. Specification
Specification Front Casing—Weight
Valve Cover—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 32 kg
(approximate).................................................................................. 60 kg 70 lb.
130 lb. 19. Remove snap rings (70), bearing spacers (71), and
9. Remove seat packing (18) from pump casing (55). drive gear (72) from drive shaft.
NOTE: Do not remove needle bearing (24) unless 20. Remove snap ring (75), bearing spacer (74), and
worn or damaged. driven gear (73) from driven shaft.
21. Remove snap rings (47) and bearing spacers (46)
10. When replacing worn or damaged needle bearing (24) from pump casing.
remove stop ring (86), needle bearing, inner spacer
(85), and valve plate (25) from drive shaft (44). 22. Remove snap ring (41) and bearing spacer (42) from
driven shaft.
11. Remove valve plate (26) from driven shaft (45).
23. Remove drive shaft and driven shaft from pump casing.
12. Remove cylinder block (27) assemblies from drive
shaft and driven shaft. NOTE: Do not remove roller bearings (31 or 43)
unless worn or damaged.
13. Remove plungers (32), retainers (30), spherical
bushings (29), and cylinder springs (28) from cylinder
blocks.
Continued on next page JA66566,00008EB -19-09SEP11-2/5
PN=251
Hydraulic System
24. When replacing worn or damaged roller bearing (43) 37. Install driven gear (73), bearing spacer (74), and snap
remove snap ring (41), bearing spacer (42), and roller ring (75) onto driven shaft.
bearing from drive shaft (44).
38. Install pins (19, 83, and 84) into pump casing.
25. When replacing worn or damaged roller bearing (31)
remove snap ring (41), bearing spacer (42), pin (35), 39. Apply multipurpose grease onto the seat packing (18)
and roller bearing from driven shaft (45). mounting surface of pump casing.
26. Remove cap screws (65) and remove swash plate 40. Install seat packing (18) to pump casing.
stands (39).
41. Install O-ring (92), cover (90), and cap screws (91) to
27. Clean, inspect, and replace parts as necessary. front casing (76). Tighten cap screws to specification.
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible pump damage. Apply Specification
clean hydraulic oil to parts prior to installation. Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................100 N·m
74 lb.-ft.
28. Apply PM38654 Thread Lock and Sealer (high
strength) to cap screws (65). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
29. Install swash plate stand (39) and tighten cap screws
(65) to specification. 42. Install front casing and cap screws (81) to pump
Specification casing. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................35 N·m
Specification
26 lb.-ft.
Front Casing
30. Install roller bearing (31), bearing spacer (42), and (approximate)—Weight................................................................... 32 kg
snap ring (41) onto driven shaft (45). 70 lb.
Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................100 N·m
31. Install roller bearing (43), bearing spacer (42), and 74 lb.-ft.
snap ring (41) onto drive shaft (44).
43. Apply multipurpose grease to the lip part in oil seal (78).
32. Install drive shaft, bearing spacer (46), and snap ring
(47) into pump casing (55). 44. Install oil seal (78) to front cover (79).
33. Install snap ring (70), bearing spacer (71), drive gear 45. Install O-ring (77), front cover (79), and snap ring (80)
(72), bearing spacer (71), and snap ring (70) onto to front casing.
drive shaft. 46. Apply PM38654 Thread Lock and Sealer (high
34. Install driven shaft into pump casing. strength) to the thread part of servo pistons (51).
PN=252
Hydraulic System
TX1096033 —UN—12AUG11
36
49. Install servo covers (67) and tighten cap screws (66)
to specification.
39
Specification
Cap Screw—Torque................................................................... 100 N•m
74 lb.-ft.
34
50. Install swash plate (34) onto swash plate stand (39).
Verify swash plate moves smoothly. Mounting Position for Tilt Pin
TX1096035 —UN—15AUG11
55. Align the valve plate pin (17) positions and install valve
plates (25 and 26) to valve cover (1).
56. Install seats (22), steel balls (21), and stoppers (20)
to valve cover.
57. Install O-rings (15, 58, and 59) and seat packing (18).
96 95
58. Install pins (19) to valve cover (1). Valve Plate Check
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 94— Notch 96— Counterclockwise
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 95— Clockwise
59. Install valve cover (1) to pump casing and tighten cap
screws (4, 12, and 13) to specification.
Specification
Specification Cap Screw—Torque..................................................................... 60 N•m
Valve Cover 44 lb.-ft.
(approximate)—Weight................................................................... 60 kg
130 lb. 63. Install coupling (82) to drive shaft.
Cap Screw—Torque................................................................... 630 N•m 64. Install O-ring (9) to cover (10).
465 lb.-ft.
65. Install cover (10) to valve cover (1) and tighten cap
60. Install booster (5) to driven shaft. screws (11) to specification.
61. Install O-ring (6) to booster cover (7). Specification
Cap Screw—Torque..................................................................... 60 N•m
62. Install booster cover and tighten cap screws (8) to
44 lb.-ft.
specification.
66. Install pump 1 and 2 regulators. See Pump 1 and 2
Regulator Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)
JA66566,00008EB -19-09SEP11-5/5
PN=253
Hydraulic System
TX1096080A —UN—15AUG11
6. Slowly loosen pump 1 and 2 fill plug (1) to release
trapped air. Install plug when air stops and hydraulic
oil flows from the plug.
7. Remove fan drive pump fill plug (2) on top of fan drive
pump (4) and fill the pump with oil through plug hole.
8. After filling the fan drive pump with hydraulic oil, install
Fill Plug Locations
fan drive pump fill plug (2).
9. Run engine at low idle and operate all control levers 1— Pump 1 and 2 Fill Plug 3— Pump 1 and 2
slowly and smoothly for 15 minutes. 2— Fan Drive Pump Fill Plug 4— Fan Drive Pump
10. Position the machine with the arm and bucket cylinder
fully retracted.
14. Check hydraulic oil tank level, add oil if needed. See
11. Lower the bucket to the ground. Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
12. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
13. Stop engine.
JA66566,00008FD -19-09SEP11-1/1
PN=254
Hydraulic System
TX1096045A —UN—12AUG11
Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Tank—Capacity
(approximate).................................................................................. 310 L
82 gal.
PN=255
Hydraulic System
TX1096045A —UN—12AUG11
Hydraulic Oil
Tank—Capacity
(approximate).................................................................................. 310 L
82 gal.
PN=256
Hydraulic System
TX1095401 —UN—02AUG11
PN=257
Hydraulic System
4. Remove solenoid valve housing (10) from regulator 7. Remove cap screws (6) and cover (5).
valve housing. 8. Remove stopper (3) and spring (2).
5. Remove O-ring (14), seat (15), steel ball (16), and 9. Remove spring seat (1) with M4 cap screw.
stopper (17).
10. Remove plug (21) and O-ring (20).
6. Remove O-ring (31), sleeve (30) and pin (29).
11. Remove feedback lever (26), pin (27), sleeve (28),
NOTE: Do not remove screw (8) and lock nut (7). and spool (25).
Valve settings will be lost and must be adjusted.
See Pump Flow Rate (Displacement) Test and 12. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)
Continued on next page RH60123,0000255 -19-02AUG11-2/4
PN=258
Hydraulic System
TX1095401 —UN—02AUG11
13. Install sleeve (28) and spool (25). 15. Install O-ring (20) and plug (21).
14. Install feedback lever (26) to sleeve with pin (27).
PN=259
Hydraulic System
16. Align plug with pin hole on feedback lever and torque 21. Install solenoid valve (12). Torque cap screws (13)
plug to specification. to specification.
Specification Specification
Pump 1 and 2 Regulator Pump 1 and 2 Regulator
Plug—Torque................................................................................ 36 N•m Solenoid Valve Cap
27 lb.-ft. Screw—Torque............................................................................... 7 N•m
61 lb.-ft.
17. Install spring seat (1), spring (2), stopper (3) and
O-ring (4). 22. Install solenoid valve housing (10). Torque cap screws
(9 and 34) to specification.
18. Install cover (5). Torque cap screws (6) to specification.
Specification
Specification
Pump 1 and 2 Regulator
Pump 1 and 2
Housing-to-Solenoid
Regulator Cover Cap
Valve Housing Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................. 12 N•m
Screw—Torque............................................................................. 12 N•m
106 lb.-ft.
106 lb.-in.
19. Install pin (29), sleeve (30), and O-ring (31).
20. Install stopper (17), steel ball (16), seat (15), and
O-ring (14).
RH60123,0000255 -19-02AUG11-4/4
TX1095026A —UN—08AUG11
valve) (3) and suction line (hydraulic oil tank to pilot
pump) (4). Close all openings using caps and plugs.
5. Remove cap screws (2) and pilot pump (5).
6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Pilot Pump
Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)
7. Install pilot pump and cap screws. Tighten cap screws
to specification. Pilot Pump
Specification
Pilot Pump Mounting Cap 2— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Suction Line (hydraulic oil
Screws—Torque............................................................................49 N·m 3— Pilot Pressure Line (pilot tank to pilot pump)
36 lb.-ft. pump to pilot filter and 5— Pilot Pump
pressure regulating valve)
8. Connect lines. See Pump 1, Pump 2, Fan Drive Pump
and Pilot Pump Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.)
9. Remove vacuum from hydraulic oil tank. 11. Operate machine and check for leaks.
PN=260
Hydraulic System
TX1095992 —UN—11AUG11
1. Remove snap ring (1). 4. Check gears (10 and 11) and housing (12). If gear
2. Remove cap screws (14) and mounting flange (3). teeth, shaft and inside of housing are rough or worn,
replace pump.
3. Check bushings (7). If inside diameter and surface
toward gear are rough or worn, replace pump. 5. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible pump damage. Apply
clean hydraulic oil to parts during installation.
Continued on next page RG80575,0000929 -19-12AUG11-1/2
PN=261
Hydraulic System
8. Install mounting flange and cap screws. Tighten to 9. Install snap ring.
specification.
RG80575,0000929 -19-12AUG11-2/2
TX1096403A —UN—19AUG11
7. Install pilot pressure regulating valve and cap screws.
8. Connect lines.
9. Disconnect vacuum pump from hydraulic oil tank. See
Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
10. Replace pilot filter element (1). See Replace Pilot
System Oil Filter. (Operator’s Manual.) Pilot Filter and Pressure Regulating Valve
RG80575,0000932 -19-25AUG11-1/1
PN=262
Hydraulic System
TX1003402 —UN—07FEB06
4. Check that poppet slides smoothly in pilot pressure
regulating valve housing (1).
5. Install poppet, shim, and spring.
NOTE: Inspect O-ring for damage. Replace if needed.
6. Install plug and O-ring. Tighten to specification. Pilot Filter and Pressure Regulating Valve
Specification
Plug-to-Hous- 1— Pilot Pressure Regulating 4— Spring
ing—Torque...................................................................................50 N·m Valve Housing 5— O-Ring
37 lb.-ft. 2— Poppet 6— Plug
3— Shim (as required)
RG80575,0000933 -19-25AUG11-1/1
TX1092277A —UN—16MAY11
for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
PN=263
Hydraulic System
TX1091161A —UN—20APR11
Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve
BE7856,0000035 -19-21SEP11-2/3
TX1003406A —UN—07FEB06
11. Install pilot shutoff solenoid valve and cap screws.
Torque cap screws to specification.
Specification
Pilot Shutoff Valve
Housing-to-Cab Platform
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................50 N·m
37 lb.-ft. Cap Screws
12. Connect all hoses and lines. See Travel Hydraulic
System Line Connection. (Group 9025-15.) 1— Cap Screw (2 used)
PN=264
Hydraulic System
4— Spacer 7— O-Ring
5— Solenoid Core
TX1010402A —UN—26JUL06
Pilot Shutoff Valve Core
RH60123,0000254 -19-10AUG11-2/4
TX1010403A —UN—24JUL06
(13).
RH60123,0000254 -19-10AUG11-3/4
TX1010404A —UN—24JUL06
5. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
6. Install fitting into port P.
7. Install spool, spring, O-ring and plug. Torque plug to
specification.
Specification
Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Screen (shown without fitting)
Pilot Shutoff Solenoid
Valve Plug—Torque....................................................................26.5 N·m
234 lb-in. 1— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve 15— Screen
Housing
8. Install O-ring to core.
9. Install core, spacer, solenoid coil and cap screws to
valve housing. Torque cap screws to specification. Specification
Pilot Shutoff
Solenoid Valve Cap
Screw—Torque...........................................................................3.92 N·m
35 lb-in.
RH60123,0000254 -19-10AUG11-4/4
PN=265
Hydraulic System
Fan Drive Pump Remove and Install See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Connect a vacuum pump to hydraulic oil tank to
minimize oil loss. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil
2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing Tank. (Group 3360.)
pressure release button on top of hydraulic oil tank.
TX1093640A —UN—20JUN11
Fan Drive Pump
1— Pilot Pressure Line (fan pump 3— Supply Pressure Line (oil 5— Fan Drive Pump 7— Suction Line (hydraulic oil
control solenoid valve to oil cooler fan pump to oil cooler 6— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 tank to oil cooler fan pump)
cooler fan pump) fan) used) 8— Clamp (2 used)
2— Pilot Pressure Line (solenoid 4— Eye Bolt (2 used)
valve manifold to oil cooler
fan pump)
4. Tag and disconnect lines (1—3). Close all openings (7) from fan drive pump (5). Close all openings using
using caps and plugs. caps and plugs.
NOTE: To prevent oil loss, do not loosen clamps (8).
PN=266
Hydraulic System
TX1093641A —UN—20JUN11
Fan Drive Pump
4— Eye Bolt (2 used) 5— Fan Drive Pump 9— Socket Head Cap Screw (2
used)
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 7. Remove socket head cap screws (9) and remove fan
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. drive pump.
6. Attach eye bolts (4) and appropriate lifting device to 8. Repair or replace pump as necessary. See Fan Drive
fan drive pump. Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)
Specification
Fan Drive
Pump—Weight................................................................................ 23 kg
50 lb.
Continued on next page RG80575,00008CA -19-15JUL11-2/5
PN=267
Hydraulic System
TX1093642A —UN—20JUN11
Fan Drive Pump O-Rings (top shown)
TX1093643A —UN—20JUN11
Fan Drive Pump O-Rings (bottom shown)
PN=268
Hydraulic System
TX1093644A —UN—20JUN11
Fan Drive Pump Mounting Surface and O-Ring
RG80575,00008CA -19-15JUL11-4/5
13. Install fan drive pump and socket head cap screws (9).
Specification
Fan Drive
Pump—Weight................................................................................ 23 kg
50 lb.
14. Connect suction line (hydraulic oil tank to oil cooler fan
pump) and socket head cap screws (6).
15. Connect lines.
16. Disconnect vacuum pump from hydraulic oil tank.
17. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil
TX1093645A —UN—20JUN11
Level. (Operator’s Manual.)
RG80575,00008CA -19-15JUL11-5/5
PN=269
Hydraulic System
TX1095057 —UN—22JUL11
Fan Drive Pump
1— Pump Housing 13— Gasket 24— Control Piston 35— Plug (2 used)
2— Cover 14— Ball Bearing (2 used) 25— Spool 38— Cap Screw (7 used)
3— Shaft 15— Spring 26— Block 39— Cap Screw (4 used)
4— Cylinder Block 16— Spring 27— Piston 40— O-Ring
5— Valve Plate 17— Sleeve 28— Oil Seal 41— O-Ring (2 used)
6— Piston (11 used) 18— Control Piston 29— Roller Bearing 42— O-Ring
8— Retainer 19— Washer (3 used) 30— Needle Bearing 43— O-Ring
9— Holder 20— Seal Holder 31— Retaining Ring 44— O-Ring
10— Swash Plate 21— Spring Guide 32— Retaining Ring
11— Needle (3 used) 22— Spring 33— Retaining Ring
12— Pin (4 used) 23— Sleeve 34— Plug
1. Remove plugs (35) from pump housing (1) and cover 8. Remove pins (12) and needle bearing (30) from cover.
(2) to drain hydraulic oil.
9. Remove control piston (18), spring (16), and sleeve
2. Remove O-rings (41) from plugs (35). (17) from cover.
3. Remove cap screws (39) and remove block (26) from 10. Remove O-ring (42) from sleeve (17).
cover.
11. Remove cap screws (39) and remove control piston
4. Remove O-ring (43), plug (34), and piston (27) from (24), spring (22), sleeve (23), spring guide (21), and
block. spool (25) from cover.
5. Remove O-ring (40) from plug (34). 12. Remove the cylinder block (4) from shaft (3).
IMPORTANT: Avoid pump housing and cover damage. 13. Remove pistons (6) and retainer (8) as an assembly.
Evenly loosen cap screws when removing cover.
Internal springs are under compression. 14. Remove holder (9), washer (19), and needle (11) from
cylinder block.
6. Remove cap screws (38) and remove cover from
pump housing. 15. Remove retaining ring (32), washers (19), and spring
(15) from cylinder block.
NOTE: Do not remove pins (12) and needle bearing
(30) unless replacing. 16. Remove swash plate (10) and ball bearings (14) from
pump housing.
7. Remove valve plate (5) from cover.
Continued on next page JA66566,00008DB -19-04AUG11-1/2
PN=270
Hydraulic System
17. Remove retaining ring (31) from pump housing. 35. Install spring guide (21) and sleeve (23) into cover and
tighten cap screws (39) to specification.
18. Remove shaft (3) from pump housing.
Specification
19. Remove seal holder (20) from shaft. Cap Screw—Torque........................................................................4 N·m
36 lb.-in.
20. Remove oil seal (28) and O-ring (44) from seal holder.
NOTE: Do not remove roller bearing (29) unless replacing. 36. Install spring (22) and control piston (24) into sleeve
(23).
21. Remove retaining ring (33) and roller bearing (29) 37. Install O-ring (42) onto sleeve (17).
from shaft.
38. Install sleeve, spring (16), and control piston (18) into
22. Inspect, clean, and replace parts as necessary. cover.
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible pump damage. Apply 39. Install valve plate (5) onto cover.
clean hydraulic oil to parts prior to installation.
40. Install gasket (13) and cover onto pump housing and
23. Install roller bearing (29) and retaining ring (33) onto tighten cap screws (38) to specification.
shaft. Specification
24. Install oil seal (28) and O-ring (44) into seal holder (20). Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................50 N·m
37 lb.-ft.
25. Install the seal holder and retaining ring (31) into pump
housing. 41. Install O-ring (40) onto plug (34).
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible oil seal damage. Cover 42. Install plug (34), piston (27), and O-ring (43) into block
splines of shaft during installation. (26) and tighten plug to specification.
Specification
26. Install shaft into pump housing. Plug—Torque.................................................................................20 N·m
180 lb.-in.
27. Install retaining ring (31) into pump housing.
43. Install spool (25) and block onto cover and tighten cap
28. Install ball bearings (14) and swash plate (10) to pump
screws (39) to specification.
housing.
Specification
29. Install washer (19), spring (15), washer (19), and Cap Screw—Torque........................................................................4 N·m
retaining ring (32) into cylinder block (4). 36 lb.-in.
30. Install needles (11), washer (19), and holder (9) into 44. Install O-rings (41) onto plugs (35).
cylinder block.
45. Install plugs into pump housing and cover and tighten
31. Install pistons (6) to retainer (8). to specification.
32. Install retainer into cylinder block. Specification
Plug—Torque.................................................................................27 N·m
33. Install cylinder block onto shaft.
240 lb.-in.
34. Install needle bearing (30) into cover.
JA66566,00008DB -19-04AUG11-2/2
PN=271
Hydraulic System
1— Hose 3— Hose
2— Clamp (2 used) 4— Clamp (2 used)
TX1094144A —UN—08JUL11
Intercooler Hoses
PN=272
Hydraulic System
4. Remove cap screws (13 and 15) from left and right
end covers (12 and 14).
TX1094317A —UN—08JUL11
Left End Cover
TX1094318A —UN—08JUL11
Right End Cover
PN=273
Hydraulic System
TX1094319A —UN—08JUL11
Intercooler Pipes and Cover
RG80575,00008CC -19-19AUG11-3/14
Cover
PN=274
Hydraulic System
TX1094321A —UN—08JUL11
Return Line (right control valve to hydraulic oil cooler)
RG80575,00008CC -19-19AUG11-5/14
TX1094715A —UN—25JUL11
Support
PN=275
Hydraulic System
TX1094716A —UN—21JUL11
10. Remove cap screws (26), air cleaner, and air cleaner
bracket.
RG80575,00008CC -19-19AUG11-7/14
11. Remove cap screws (29) from upper fan guard (30).
TX1094717A —UN—25JUL11
Upper Fan Guard
PN=276
Hydraulic System
12. Remove cap screws (31) from lower fan guard (32).
TX1094720A —UN—19JUL11
Lower Fan Guard
RG80575,00008CC -19-19AUG11-9/14
TX1094723A —UN—19JUL11
(approximate)................................................................................ 109 kg
240 lb.
14. Remove cap screws (33) and remove oil cooler fan
motor support.
RG80575,00008CC -19-19AUG11-10/14
Cover
PN=277
Hydraulic System
16. Remove cap screws (37), upper fan guard, and lower
fan guard.
TX1094728A —UN—19JUL11
Upper and Lower Fan Guard
RG80575,00008CC -19-19AUG11-12/14
17. Remove nut (38), fan blade hub (39), and fan blade
(45).
TX1095589A —UN—08AUG11
Fan Blade Hub
PN=278
Hydraulic System
TX1094730A —UN—25JUL11
22. Connect lines.
23. Install fan blade, fan blade hub, and nut.
24. Install lower fan guard, upper fan guard, and cap
screws.
25. Install cover and cap screws.
30. Install air cleaner, air cleaner bracket, and cap screws. 35. Install cap screws into left and right end covers.
31. Install support and cap screws. 36. Install hoses (1 and 3) and tighten clamps (2 and 4).
32. Connect return line (right control valve to hydraulic oil 37. Install cooling package. See Cooling Package
cooler) (23) and install cap screws. Remove and Install. (Group 0510.)
RG80575,00008CC -19-19AUG11-14/14
PN=279
Hydraulic System
10
8
13
4
8
11
2 3 12 5 7
9
1 6
TX1095097 —UN—25JUL11
TX1095097
Fan Drive Motor
1— Motor End Cap 5— Ball Bearing 9— Cap Screw (4 used) 13— Seal
2— Cam Rotary Assembly 6— Motor Housing 10— O-Ring
3— Port Pressure Plate 7— Retaining Ring 11— O-Ring
4— Shaft 8— Dowel Pin (2 used) 12— O-Ring
NOTE: Prepare a clean lint free surface to place internal 9. Install shaft into motor housing.
parts for inspection and repair.
10. Install retaining ring.
1. Remove cap screws (9) and remove motor end cap 11. Install seal (13) and O-rings (11 and 12).
(1) and O-ring (10).
12. Install port pressure plate.
2. Install two 10-24 UNC-2B by 2 inch long cap screws
into the tapped holes of cam rotary assembly (2) and 13. Install dowel pin into port pressure plate.
lift out slowly.
14. Align cam rotary assembly with dowel pin and install.
3. Install two 10-24 UNC-2B by 2 inch long cap screws
into the tapped holes of port pressure plate (3) and 15. Install dowel pin into cam rotary assembly.
lift out slowly. 16. Install O-ring (10) onto motor end cap.
4. Remove seal (13) and O-rings (11 and 12). 17. Align motor end cap with dowel pin and install. Tighten
5. Remove dowel pins (8). cap screws to specification.
Specification
6. Remove retaining ring (7). Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................100 N·m
7. Remove shaft (4) from motor housing (6). 74 lb.-ft.
8. Inspect, clean, and replace parts as necessary. 18. Fill motor with clean hydraulic oil.
PN=280
Hydraulic System
TX1095590A —UN—08AUG11
2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
3. Apply vacuum to hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum
to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
4. Tag and disconnect lines (2—4). Close all openings Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve
using caps and plugs. See Fan Drive Hydraulic
System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)
1— Fan Speed and Reversing 3— Return Line (oil cooler fan
Control Valve motor to hydraulic oil tank)
2— Pilot Line (solenoid valve 4— Supply Pressure Line (oil
manifold to oil cooler fan cooler fan pump to oil
speed reversing control cooler fan speed reversing
valve) control valve)
RG80575,0000912 -19-21SEP11-1/3
TX1095591A —UN—19AUG11
Cover
PN=281
Hydraulic System
TX1095592A —UN—11AUG11
8. Remove cap screws (10) and fan speed and reversing
control valve (1).
9. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Fan Drive
Reversing Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble.
(Group 3360.)
10. Install fan speed and reversing control valve and cap
screws. Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve
11. Connect fan reversing solenoid 1 and install cap screw.
1— Fan Speed and Reversing 10— Cap Screw (2 used)
12. Connect lines (8 and 9). Control Valve 11— Cap Screw
8— Supply Pressure Line Y54— Fan Reversing Solenoid
13. Install cover and cap screws. (oil cooler fan speed and 1
reversing control valve to
14. Connect lines (2—4). oil cooler fan motor)
9— Return Line (oil cooler
15. Remove vacuum from hydraulic oil tank. See Apply fan motor to oil cooler
Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) fan speed and reversing
control valve)
RG80575,0000912 -19-21SEP11-3/3
PN=282
Hydraulic System
4
2 5 2
3
2 3
11 3
4
10 5
13
1 4
12
7 6
TX1096065 —UN—18AUG11
15 14
9 3
19 2
18
8 16 17
TX1096065
Fan Reversing Control Valve
1— Fan Reversing Control Valve 7— O-Ring 13— O-Ring 19— Spool
Body 8— Cap Screw (4 used) 14— O-Ring 20— Plug
2— Plug (5 used) 9— Solenoid Housing 15— Ball 21— O-Ring
3— O-Ring (5 used) 10— Solenoid 16— Plug 22— Spring
4— Plug (4 used) 11— Cap Screw (2 used) 17— O-Ring 23— Spool
5— O-Ring (4 used) 12— O-Ring 18— Spring
6— Fan Drive System Relief Valve
NOTE: Prepare a clean lint free surface to place internal 11. Remove spring (22) and spool (23).
parts for inspection and repair.
12. Inspect, clean, and replace parts as necessary.
1. Remove plugs (2 and 4) and drain hydraulic oil.
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage.
2. Remove O-rings (3 and 5) from plugs (2 and 4). Apply clean hydraulic oil to parts prior
to installation.
3. Remove fan drive system relief valve (6). See Fan
Drive System Relief Valve Remove and Install. (Group 13. Install spool (23) and spring (22).
3360.)
14. Install O-ring (21) and plug (20).
4. Remove O-ring (7) from fan drive system relief valve.
15. Install spool (19) and spring (18) into solenoid housing.
5. Remove cap screws (8) and remove solenoid housing
(9). 16. Install O-ring (17) and plug (16).
6. Remove O-rings (13 and 14) and ball (15) from 17. Install O-ring (12), solenoid (10), and cap screws (11).
solenoid housing.
18. Install O-rings (13 and 14) and ball (15) into solenoid
7. Remove cap screws (11) and remove solenoid (10) housing.
and O-ring (12).
19. Install solenoid housing and cap screws (8).
8. Remove plug (16) and O-ring (17).
20. Install O-ring (7) and fan drive system relief valve. See
9. Remove spring (18) and spool (19) from solenoid Fan Drive System Relief Valve Remove and Install.
housing. (Group 3360.)
10. Remove plug (20) and O-ring (21). 21. Install O-rings (5) and plugs (4).
Continued on next page JA66566,0000905 -19-01SEP11-1/2
PN=283
Hydraulic System
TX1096481A —UN—23AUG11
2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
3. Apply vacuum to hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum
to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
4. Remove fan speed and reversing relief valve (2). See Fan Speed and Reversing Relief Valve
Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location.
(Group 9025-15.)
1— Oil Cooler Fan Speed and 2— Fan Speed and Reversing
5. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Reversing Control Valve Relief Valve
PN=284
Hydraulic System
TX1096847A —UN—29AUG11
2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
3. Tag and disconnect electrical connectors (Y12,
Y13, Y24, and Y25). See Machine Harness (W2)
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Solenoid Valve Manifold (4-spool)
4. Tag and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1—11). Close all
openings using caps and plugs.
5. Remove cap screws (12) and remove solenoid valve
manifold (4-spool) (13).
TX1096848A —UN—29AUG11
6. Repair or replace as necessary. For disassembly,
see Solenoid Valve Remove and Install-Travel Speed
(SC), Exhaust Filter Regulator (SF), Power Dig (SI),
and Arm Flow Rate (SF). (Group 3360.)
7. Install solenoid valve manifold (4-spool) and cap
screws.
8. Connect hydraulic hoses (1—11). For hose
identification see Hydraulic System Schematic. Solenoid Valve Manifold (4-spool)
(Group 9025-15.)
1— Return Hose 10— Pilot Hose (port SI)
9. Connect electrical connectors (Y12, Y13, Y24, and 2— Pilot Hose (port DK) 11— Pilot Hose (port SG)
Y25). See Machine Harness (W2) Component 3— Pilot Hose (port DP) 12— Cap Screw (2 used)
Location. (Group 9015-10.) 4— Pilot Hose (port DE) 13— Solenoid Valve Manifold
5— Pilot Hose (port DH) (4-spool)
10. Operate machine and check for leaks. 6— Pilot Hose (port PD) Y12— Power Dig Solenoid
7— Pilot Hose (port PF) (marked SI)
8— Pilot Hose (port SC) Y13— Exhaust Filter Regulator
9— Pilot Hose (port SF) Solenoid (bypass cut-off
valve) (marked SF)
Y24— Arm Flow Rate Control
Solenoid (marked SG)
Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid
(marked SC)
JA66566,000096E -19-21SEP11-1/1
PN=285
Hydraulic System
TX1096931 —UN—30AUG11
Solenoid Valve Exploded View
1— Cap Screw (2 used) 6— Solenoid 11— Orifice 16— O-Ring
2— Lock Nut 7— Spring 12— Washer 17— Sleeve
3— O-Ring 8— O-Ring 13— Spring 18— Plate
4— Adjusting Screw 9— Diaphragm 14— O-Ring 19— Wave Spring
5— Spring 10— Spool 15— O-Ring
PN=286
Hydraulic System
TX1096877A —UN—30AUG11
2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
3. Tag and disconnect electrical connectors (Y50 and
Y51). See Control Valve Harness (W43) Component
Location. (Group 9015-10.)
Solenoid Valve Manifold (2-spool)
4. Tag and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1—12). Close all
openings using caps and plugs.
5. Remove cap screws (2) and remove solenoid valve
manifold (2-spool) (1).
TX1096878A —UN—30AUG11
6. Repair or replace as necessary. For disassembly, see
Solenoid Valve Remove and Install-Swing Flow Rate
(SI) and Boom Mode (SC). (Group 3360.)
7. Install solenoid valve manifold (2-spool) and cap
screws.
8. Connect hydraulic hoses (1—12). For hose
identification see Hydraulic System Schematic.
(Group 9025-15.) Solenoid Valve Manifold (2-spool)
JA66566,000096F -19-21SEP11-1/1
PN=287
Hydraulic System
TX1096931 —UN—30AUG11
Solenoid Valve Exploded View
1— Cap Screw (2 used) 6— Solenoid 11— Orifice 16— O-Ring
2— Lock Nut 7— Spring 12— Washer 17— Sleeve
3— O-Ring 8— O-Ring 13— Spring 18— Plate
4— Adjusting Screw 9— Diaphragm 14— O-Ring 19— Wave Spring
5— Spring 10— Spool 15— O-Ring
PN=288
Hydraulic System
TX1096437A —UN—22AUG11
2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
3. Apply vacuum to hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum
to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
NOTE: Pump case drain filter (3) is located to the left Pump Case Drain Filter and Bypass Valve
of the final fuel filter and water separators.
1— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Case Drain Line
4. Tag and disconnect lines (2 and 4). Close all openings 2— Return Line 5— Pump Case Drain Filter
using caps and plugs. 3— Pump Case Drain Filter Bypass Valve
7. Install pump case drain filter bypass valve and cap 9. Install new pump case drain filter. See Replace Pump
screws. Case Drain Filter. (Operator’s Manual.)
TZ24494,00006DA -19-15SEP11-1/1
TX1096358A —UN—19AUG11
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high
pressure fluid. High pressure release of oil from
pressurized system can cause serious burns
or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from
hydraulic system before servicing.
PN=289
Hydraulic System
TX1096360A —UN—19AUG11
Component Location—Backhoe Pattern. (Group
9025-15.)
9. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
10. Connect pilot valve hydraulic hoses. See Pilot
Control Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold Component
Location—Excavator Pattern or see Pilot Control
Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold Component
Location—Backhoe Pattern. (Group 9025-15.) Pilot Valve Hoses
Specification
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................20 N·m
177 lb.-in.
16. Install console covers. See Left and Right Console
Covers Remove and Install. (Group 1821.)
13. Install lever by threading into shaft and tighten lock
nuts. 17. After pilot valve is installed, check operation of all
functions. See Control Lever Pattern Operation.
14. Connect horn switch and install tie bands. See Cab (Operator's Manual.)
Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
15. Slide boot (1) into place.
DF89619,00B5061 -19-19SEP11-2/2
PN=290
Hydraulic System
PN=291
Hydraulic System
TX1096302 —UN—18AUG11
PN=292
Hydraulic System
1— Housing 7— Sleeve (4 used) 13— Return Spring (2 used) 19— Spool (4 used)
2— Coupling 8— Oil Seal (4 used) 14— Return Spring (2 used) 20— O-Ring
3— Cam 9— Pusher (2 used) 15— Balance Spring (2 used) 21— Plug
4— Universal Joint 10— Pusher (2 used) 16— Balance Spring (2 used) 22— Snap Ring
5— Plate 11— Snap Ring (4 used) 17— Shim (4 used) 23— Filter
6— O-Ring (4 used) 12— Spring Guide (4 used) 18— Spacer (4 used)
PN=293
Hydraulic System
TX1096325 —UN—24AUG11
10. Remove snap rings (11) from spools (19).
11. Remove spring compressor (25).
12. Remove and tag spring guides (12), return springs (13
24
and 14), and balance springs (15 and 16) from spools.
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible spool damage. Keep
Spring Removal Tools
shims (17) in order during removal. Quantity
of shims has been determined for each port
during the performance testing. 1— Housing 25— ST4146 Spring
24— ST4145 Spool Holder Compressor
13. Remove shims (17) and spacers (18).
14. Remove spool holder. 19. Remove filter (23).
15. Remove spools (19). NOTE: Spools have been selected to match the
16. Remove snap ring (22). holes of case. Spools and case must be
replaced as an assembly.
17. Install a M8 x 1.25 mm pitch cap screw to plug (21)
to remove from housing. 20. Clean and inspect parts, repair or replace as
necessary.
18. Remove O-ring (20) from plug.
Continued on next page DF89619,00B5062 -19-19SEP11-3/7
PN=294
Hydraulic System
TX1096302 —UN—18AUG11
PN=295
Hydraulic System
1— Housing 7— Sleeve (4 used) 13— Return Spring (2 used) 19— Spool (4 used)
2— Coupling 8— Oil Seal (4 used) 14— Return Spring (2 used) 20— O-Ring
3— Cam 9— Pusher (2 used) 15— Balance Spring (2 used) 21— Plug
4— Universal Joint 10— Pusher (2 used) 16— Balance Spring (2 used) 22— Snap Ring
5— Plate 11— Snap Ring (4 used) 17— Shim (4 used) 23— Filter
6— O-Ring (4 used) 12— Spring Guide (4 used) 18— Spacer (4 used)
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible valve damage. Apply 23. Install plug and snap ring (22).
clean hydraulic oil to parts prior to installation.
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage.
21. Install filter and tighten to specification. Components are select fit to bores. Install
Specification
components in the same bore that they were
Filter—Torque................................................................................20 N·m
removed from otherwise leaks will occur.
180 lb.-in.
24. Install spools to their correct port holes in housing.
22. Install O-ring (20) onto plug.
DF89619,00B5062 -19-19SEP11-5/7
TX1096325 —UN—24AUG11
28. Install balance springs to spools.
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage.
Ports one and three use short return springs.
Ports two and four use long return springs.
24
29. Install return springs to spools.
30. Install ST4146 Spring Compressor into pusher holes Spring Removal Tools
in case. Tighten spring compressor with M14 x 2.00
mm pitch cap screw.
1— Housing 25— ST4146 Spring
31. Install spring guides with protrusion facing upward. 24— ST4145 Spool Holder Compressor
PN=296
Hydraulic System
32. Install snap ring (11) to ST4144 Snap Ring Holder (26).
33. Install snap rings (11) into groove on head of spools
remaining out of spring compressor. 25
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible component damage. 26
Ports one and three use pushers with one
outer groove. Ports two and four use pushers 1
with two outer grooves.
TX1096326 —UN—24AUG11
NOTE: Verify snap rings (11) and balance springs
are installed correctly.
PN=297
Hydraulic System
TX1096051A —UN—15AUG11
hydraulic system before servicing.
PN=298
Hydraulic System
TX1095807 —UN—11AUG11
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible motor damage. Apply
clean hydraulic oil to parts prior to installation. 4
7 3
6 2
6. Install ring, orifice, and plunger.
5
7. Install springs.
8. Install O-rings onto plugs.
Boom Up Shockless Valve
9. Install plugs and tighten to specification.
Specification
1— Valve Body 5— Plunger
Plug—Torque.................................................................................40 N·m 2— Plug (2 used) 6— Orifice
30 lb.-ft. 3— O-Ring (2 used) 7— Ring
4— Spring (2 used)
JA66566,00008E4 -19-11AUG11-1/1
TX1092277A —UN—16MAY11
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high
pressure fluid. High pressure release of oil from
pressurized system can cause serious burns
or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from
hydraulic system before servicing.
3. Relieve hydraulic oil pressure. See Hydraulic Oil Tank Access Panel
Pressure Release Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)
4. Apply vacuum to hydraulic oil tank. See Apply Vacuum 6— Cap Screw (6 used) 7— Access Panel
to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
5. Remove floor mat from cab.
6. Remove cap screws (6) and remove access panel (7)
from underside of cab.
Continued on next page BE7856,0000036 -19-30AUG11-1/3
PN=299
Hydraulic System
TX1091111A —UN—18APR11
Travel Pilot Control Valve (bottom view)
BE7856,0000036 -19-30AUG11-2/3
TX1091034A —UN—10JUN11
11. Install travel pilot valve and cap screws (2). Tighten
to specification.
Specification
Valve-to-Cab Platform
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................50 N·m
37 lb-ft
12. Install pedals, levers, and cap screws (1). Tighten cap Travel Pilot Control Valve
screws to specification.
Specification 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Pedal (2 used)
Travel Pedal-to-Lever 2— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Lever (2 used)
3— Travel Pilot Valve
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................50 N·m
37 lb-ft
13. Connect hydraulic hoses and lines. See Travel 16. After travel pilot control valve is installed, check all
Hydraulic System Line Connection. (Group 9025-15.) travel functions for correct operation.
PN=300
Hydraulic System
35 2
34
33
3
32 4
6 5
7
8
29
27 28 9
11
10 12
13 18
17
25
14
26 24
31
30 22 23
TX1093292 —UN—15JUN11
15
21
16
20
19
TX1093292
Travel Pilot Control Valve Components
1— Cap Screw (2 used) 10— Holder 19— Spool (4 used) 28— Cap Screw (4 used)
2— Cover 11— Oil Seal (4 used) 20— Spring (4 used) 29— Lock Washer (4 used)
3— Pin (2 used) 12— O-Ring (4 used) 21— Spacer (4 used) 30— Spring Pin (2 used)
4— O-Ring (2 used) 13— Bushing (4 used) 22— Shim (as required) 31— Spring Pin (2 used)
5— O-Ring (2 used) 14— Casing 23— Balance Spring (4 used) 32— Bushing (4 used)
6— Dampener (2 used) 15— O-Ring 24— Spring Guide (4 used) 33— Cam (2 used)
7— Rubber Seat (2 used) 16— Plug 25— Pusher (4 used) 34— Spring Pin (2 used)
8— Cap Screw (2 used) 17— Plug 26— Bracket (2 used) 35— Spring Pin (2 used)
9— Lock Washer (2 used) 18— O-Ring 27— Spring Pin (2 used)
NOTE: The casing (14) and spools (19) are replaced 2. Remove plug (16) and O-ring (15).
as an assembly because the spools are select
fitted to bores in housing. 3. Remove plug (17) and O-ring (18).
Note port location and quantity of shims (22) NOTE: Spring pins (30 and 31) are stepped and can
when removing. Same number of shims must only be removed from one direction. Scribe
be used when installing. mark on brackets (26) to show installation
direction of spring pins.
1. Remove cover (2) and cap screws (1). Remember to
keep parts removed from each port together. Identify 4. Remove spring pins (30 and 31) and brackets (26).
each group of parts by port numbers stamped on
casing. 5. Remove cap screws (28) and lock washers (29).
NOTE: Remove spring pins (27) and bushings 6. Remove O-rings (4 and 5).
(32) only if necessary.
Continued on next page BE7856,0000037 -19-30AUG11-1/2
PN=301
Hydraulic System
7. Remove rubber seats (7) and dampeners (6) from 20. Position rubber seats (7) and dampeners (6) on pins
pins (3). (3) with lever facing upward.
8. Remove cap screws (8), lock washers (9), and holder 21. Install cap screws (28) and lock washers (29). Tighten
(10) from casing (14). to specification.
9. Remove spring pins (34 and 35) from cams (33) and Specification
pins (3). Dampener-to-Holder Cap
Screw—Torque................................................................................7 N·m
10. Remove spring guides (24). 62 lb-in.
NOTE: Record number of shims (22) removed. NOTE: Note direction of insertion for spring pins
(30 and 31).
11. Remove spools (19), springs (20), spacers (21), shims
(22), and balance springs (23) from casing (14). Spring pins must be positioned with slits 90° apart.
12. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Align brackets with marks made during disassembly.
NOTE: Use same number of shims (22) as were removed. 22. Install brackets (26) and spring pins (30 and 31).
Install spring pins with slits 90° apart.
13. Install spools (19), springs (20), spacers (21), shims
(22), and balance springs (23) into casing (14). 23. Lock pins (30 and 31) in position by slightly displacing
the bore above spring pin using a punch and hammer.
14. Install spring guides (24) with stepped end facing down.
24. Install cover (2) and cap screws (1). Tighten to
15. Apply multipurpose grease to the end of each pusher specification.
(25) and to oil seals (11).
Specification
NOTE: Note direction of insertion for spring pins Cover-to-Holder Cap
(34 and 35). Screw—Torque................................................................................5 N·m
44.3 lb-in.
Spring pins must be positioned with slits 90° apart.
25. Apply multipurpose grease to spring pins (27).
16. Assemble cam (33) in holder (10) with spring pins (34
and 35), and pin (3). Install spring pins with slits 90° 26. Install O-ring (18) and plug (17). Tighten plug to
apart. specification.
Specification
17. Lock spring pins (34 and 35) in position by displacing
Plug—Torque.................................................................................10 N·m
the bore above spring pin using a punch and hammer.
89 lb-in.
18. Install holder (10) to casing (14) with cap screws (8)
27. Install O-ring (15) and plug (16). Tighten plug to
and lock washers (9). Tighten to specification.
specification.
Specification
Specification
Holder-to-Casing Cap
Plug—Torque.................................................................................20 N·m
Screw—Torque..............................................................................50 N·m
177 lb-in.
37 lb-ft
PN=302
Hydraulic System
TX1096454A —UN—22AUG11
5. Remove pilot accumulator (7).
NOTE: Pilot accumulator is not serviceable. New
accumulator is precharged.
TZ24494,00006DB -19-15SEP11-1/1
PN=303
Hydraulic System
TX1096454A —UN—22AUG11
to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
5. Tag and disconnect pilot pressure lines (1, 2, 3, and
5). Close all openings using caps and plugs.
6. Disconnect pilot pressure sensors (B64 and B65).
7. Remove cap screws (4) and pilot check valve manifold
(6).
Pilot Accumulator and Pilot Check Valve Manifold
8. Inspect and repair as necessary. See Pilot
Accumulator Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)
1— Pilot Pressure Line 6— Pilot Check Valve Manifold
9. Install pilot check valve manifold and cap screws. 2— Pilot Pressure Line 7— Pilot Accumulator
3— Pilot Pressure Line B64— Pilot Pressure Sensor
10. Connect pilot pressure sensors. 4— Cap Screw (2 used) (4-spool) (marked SA)
5— Pilot Pressure Line B65— Pilot Pressure Sensor
11. Connect pilot pressure lines. (5-spool) (marked SB)
PN=304
Hydraulic System
Pilot Signal Manifold Remove and Install Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Or see
Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) Specification
Hydraulic Oil
2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing Tank—Capacity
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. (approximate).................................................................................. 310 L
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. 82 gal.
(Group 9025-25.)
3. Drain hydraulic oil tank or apply vacuum to hydraulic
oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and
TX1095049 —UN—21JUL11
1
TX1095049
Pilot Signal Manifold
1— Hydraulic Hose (33 used) 2— Pilot Signal Manifold 3— Socket Head Cap Screw (4
used)
NOTE: For identification clarity, pilot signal manifold ports 4. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic
are stamped using alpha and numeric callouts. hoses (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000250 -19-21SEP11-1/2
PN=305
Hydraulic System
B33
B34
2
TX1095050 —UN—21JUL11
3
TX1095050
Pilot Signal Manifold
2— Pilot Signal Manifold 3— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 B33— Swing Pressure Sensor B34— Travel Pressure Sensor
used) (marked SA) (marked TR)
6. Remove socket head cap screws (3). 11. Connect hydraulic hoses. See Pilot Signal
Manifold-to-Control Valve Line Connection. (9025-15.)
7. Remove pilot signal manifold (2).
For excavator pattern, see Pilot Control Valve-to-Pilot
8. Inspect and repair as necessary. See Pilot Signal Signal Manifold Component Location—Excavator
Manifold Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) Pattern and for backhoe pattern, see Pilot
Control Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold Component
9. Install pilot signal manifold and socket head cap Location—Backhoe Pattern. (9025-15.)
screws. Torque cap screws to specification.
12. Disconnect vacuum pump from hydraulic oil tank. See
Specification
Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
Socket Head Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................50 N·m 13. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil
36 lb.-ft. Level. (Operator’s Manual.)
RH60123,0000250 -19-21SEP11-2/2
PN=306
Hydraulic System
PN=307
Hydraulic System
TX1010342 —UN—24JUL06
PN=308
Hydraulic System
PN=309
Hydraulic System
TX1095096 —UN—25JUL11
1. Disassemble and clean all parts. 3. Apply hydraulic oil to parts (16—28) and assemble.
2. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
RH60123,0000251 -19-25JUL11-3/3
PN=310
Hydraulic System
TX1097740A —UN—12SEP11
or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from
hydraulic system before servicing.
TX1097741A —UN—12SEP11
Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-15.)
13. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply
Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See
Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction
Screen. (Operator’s Manual.)
14. Connect the battery negative (-) cable.
15. Operate counterweight pilot control lever and check Counterweight Pilot Control Valve Hoses
for leaks.
4— Cap Screw (2 used) 8— Hydraulic Hose
16. Install counterweight control valve cover. 5— Counterweight Pilot Control 9— Fitting
Valve 10— Fitting
17. Install counterweight control valve lever cover. 6— Hydraulic Hose 11— Hydraulic Hose
7— Hydraulic Hose
JB35873,0000303 -19-19SEP11-2/2
PN=311
Hydraulic System
TX1097738A —UN—13SEP11
2. Remove counterweight. See Counterweight Removal
With Hydraulic Removal Option—If Equipped.
(Operator’s Manual.)
3. Raise hydraulic counterweight removal device.
4. Disconnect the battery negative (-) cable.
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high Counterweight Slow Return Valve
pressure fluid. High pressure release of oil from
pressurized system can cause serious burns 1— Hydraulic Hose 3— Counterweight Slow Return
or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from 2— Fitting Valve
hydraulic system before servicing.
PN=312
Hydraulic System
TX1097737A —UN—12SEP11
2. Disconnect the battery negative (-) cable.
TX1097742A —UN—13SEP11
2. Disconnect the battery negative (-) cable.
PN=313
Hydraulic System
TX1097743A —UN—12SEP11
10. Connect hydraulic hoses. See Hydraulic System
Schematic. (Group 9025-15.)
11. Connect counterweight lever pressure sensor.
12. Remove vacuum or fill hydraulic oil tank. See Apply
Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.) See
Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction
Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Counterweight Check Valve Mounting Cap Screws
JB35873,0000302 -19-19SEP11-2/2
TX1097373 —UN—08SEP11
hydraulic system before servicing.
PN=314
Hydraulic System
TX1097374 —UN—08SEP11
Control Valve (front view)
JA66566,000096B -19-07SEP11-2/8
TX1097207A —UN—07SEP11
Control Valve (bottom view)
PN=315
Hydraulic System
TX1097375 —UN—08SEP11
Solenoid Valve Manifold (2-spool)
JA66566,000096B -19-07SEP11-4/8
TX1097376 —UN—08SEP11
Pilot Signal Manifold
PN=316
Hydraulic System
10. Remove cap screws (7) and secure bracket (8) aside.
TX1097203A —UN—07SEP11
Bracket
JA66566,000096B -19-07SEP11-6/8
TX1097208A —UN—07SEP11
Control Valve
PN=317
Hydraulic System
TX1097297A —UN—07SEP11
Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)
14. Install control valve and cap screws.
15. Install bracket and cap screws.
16. Install pilot signal manifold and bracket.
17. Connect electrical connectors (Y50 and Y51). See
Control Valve Harness (W43) Component Location. Mount
(Group 9015-10.)
18. Connect electrical connectors (B30, B31, B61, B63, 1— Control Valve 12— Mount
B66, and B67). See Control Valve Harness (W43) 11— Cap Screw (4 used)
Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)
19. Connect all hydraulic hoses to control valve. See 21. Connect battery negative (-) cable.
Control Valve Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.)
22. Operate machine and check for leaks.
20. Check and fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and
Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen.
(Operator’s Manual.)
JA66566,000096B -19-07SEP11-8/8
PN=318
Hydraulic System
TX1097215 —UN—02SEP11
(approximate)................................................................................ 400 kg
880 lb.
TX1097216 —UN—02SEP11
7. Install O-rings. Apply grease to hold O-rings in place.
4
8. Install socket head cap screws and washers to both
sides of control valve housing. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Socket Head Cap
3
Screws—Torque..........................................................................250 N·m
185 lb.-ft. Socket Head Cap Screws and Washers
7
1— Left Control Valve Housing 6— O-Ring 8 8
(5-spool) 7— O-Ring (2 used)
2— Right Control Valve 8— O-Ring (5 used) 9
Housing (4-spool) 9— O-Ring (6 used)
3— Socket Head Cap Screw 9
TX1097217 —UN—02SEP11
and Washer (8 used)
4— Socket Head Cap Screw 6
and Washer (6 used)
5— O-Ring (2 used) 9
8 8
7 5
O-Ring Locations
JB35873,00002AD -19-02SEP11-1/1
PN=319
Hydraulic System
PN=320
Hydraulic System
2 7
8
9
8
7 11 1
3
8
9
8
4 7 12
8 19
9 20
8
13 21
5 7
8
9
8
6 7 14
8
22
9
8
15 20
17 10
19
16
TX1097145 —UN—07SEP11
18
TX1097145
Left Control Valve Spools (5-spool)
PN=321
Hydraulic System
1— Left Control Valve Housing 7— Cap Screw (5 used) 13— Spool (boom 2) 19— Cover (pilot cap) (2 used)
2— Swing Spool 8— Guide (10 used) 14— Spool (auxiliary) 20— Socket Head Cap Screw (6
3— Arm 1 Spool 9— Spring (5 used) 15— Spool (left travel) used)
4— Boom 2 Spool 10— O-Ring (5 used) 16— Socket Head Cap Screw (6 21— Cover (pilot cap)
5— Auxiliary Spool 11— Spool (swing) used) 22— Socket Head Cap Screw (2
6— Left Travel Spool 12— Spool (arm 1) 17— Cover (pilot cap) used)
18— O-Ring (5 used)
3. Remove socket head cap screws (16) to remove cover 4. Remove socket head cap screws (20 and 22) to
(17) and O-rings (18) from left control valve housing (1). remove covers (19 and 21) and O-rings (10).
JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-3/33
TX1097347 —UN—15SEP11
IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores
in housing and are a different design for each 7 8 9 8 11
function. Spools must be installed into the 2
same bores from which they were removed
for proper operation of machine.
TX1097349 —UN—15SEP11
IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores 9
in housing and are a different design for each 7 8 8 12
function. Spools must be installed into the 3
same bores from which they were removed
for proper operation of machine.
PN=322
Hydraulic System
TX1097350 —UN—15SEP11
IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores 9
in housing and are a different design for each 7 8 8 13
function. Spools must be installed into the 4
same bores from which they were removed
for proper operation of machine.
TX1097351 —UN—15SEP11
IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores
in housing and are a different design for each 7 8 9 8 14
function. Spools must be installed into the 5
same bores from which they were removed
for proper operation of machine.
TX1097352 —UN—15SEP11
IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores
7 8 9 8 15
in housing and are a different design for each
function. Spools must be installed into the 6
same bores from which they were removed
for proper operation of machine.
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of Left Travel Spool
the spool is for inspection purposes only.
6— Left Travel Spool 9— Spring
1. Remove left travel spool (6) from housing by slowly 7— Cap Screw 15— Spool (left travel)
rotating as it is removed. 8— Guide (2 used)
PN=323
Hydraulic System
49 48
27 47
45
44
46 42
40
38
43 36 1
41 34
39
26
37
35
33
33 34
37
35 39
40
36 43
38 44
41 48
42
45
46 49 27
47
28
TX1097147 —UN—07SEP11
26
TX1097147
Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves
PN=324
Hydraulic System
1— Left Control Valve Housing 35— O-Ring (5 used) 41— Backup Ring (10 used) 47— O-Ring (5 used)
26— Auxiliary Circuit Relief and 36— Sleeve (5 used) 42— O-Ring (5 used) 48— Adjusting Screw (5 used)
Anticavitation Valve (2 used) 37— Poppet (5 used) 43— Spring (5 used) 49— Nut (5 used)
27— Arm In Circuit Relief and 38— Piston (5 used) 44— Valve Seat (5 used)
Anticavitation Valve (2 used) 39— Spring (5 used) 45— Poppet (5 used)
28— Boom 2 Circuit Relief and 40— O-Ring (5 used) 46— Spring (5 used)
Anticavitation Valve
33— O-Ring (5 used)
34— Backup Ring (5 used)
JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-10/33
TX1097354 —UN—15SEP11
Valves (26) Disassembly 43 41 40 38 36 35 33
47 45
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly
of relief and anticavitation valves are for
inspection purposes only.
49 48 46 44 42 41 39 37 34
1. Remove auxiliary circuit relief and anticavitation valves
(26) from left control valve housing (1). Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve
TX1097354 —UN—15SEP11
Valve (28) Disassembly 43 41 40 38 36 35 33
47 45
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly
of relief and anticavitation valves are for
inspection purposes only.
49 48 46 44 42 41 39 37 34
1. Remove boom 2 circuit relief and anticavitation valve
(28) from housing (1). Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve
PN=325
Hydraulic System
TX1097354 —UN—15SEP11
(27) Disassembly 43 41 40 38 36 35 33
47 45
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly
of relief and anticavitation valves are for
inspection purposes only.
49 48 46 44 42 41 39 37 34
1. Remove arm in circuit relief and anticavitation valves
(27) from left control valve housing (1). Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve
PN=326
Hydraulic System
63
50 62
61
60
59
58
51 67
1
66
65
64
74
52
73
72
71
57
70
68 98
56
56 95
94
69 93
97 91
96 89
95 87
92
90 85
80 81 88
82
79 83 86
78
77
53 54
76 84
55
75
TX1097151 —UN—07SEP11
TX1097151
Check Valves and Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve
PN=327
Hydraulic System
1— Left Control Valve Housing 62— O-Ring 75— Plug 88— Piston
50— Load Check Valve 63— Plug 76— Backup Ring 89— Spring
51— Boost Check Valve 64— Poppet 77— O-Ring 90— Valve Seat
52— Load Check Valve 65— Spring 78— Spring 91— O-Ring
53— Check Valve Assembly 66— O-Ring 79— Check Valve 92— Spring
54— Check Valve Assembly 67— Plug 80— Check Valve 93— Check Valve
55— Auxiliary Flow Combiner 68— Check Valve 81— Spring 94— Sleeve
Valve 69— Spring 82— O-Ring 95— O-Ring (2 used)
56— Backup Ring (2 used) 70— Check Valve 83— Backup Ring 96— Backup Ring
57— O-Ring 71— O-Ring 84— Plug 97— Spring
58— Check Valve 72— Backup Ring 85— Plug 98— Poppet
59— Spring 73— O-Ring 86— O-Ring
60— O-Ring 74— Plug 87— Poppet
61— Backup Ring
JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-15/33
TX1097355 —UN—15SEP11
1. Remove plug (63) from left control valve housing (1). 63 62 61 60 58
59
2. Remove spring (59) and check valve (58) from housing. 50
3. Remove O-rings (60 and 62) and backup ring (61)
from plug.
4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Load Check Valve
5. Install backup ring and O-rings to plug.
50— Load Check Valve 61— Backup Ring
6. Install check valve and spring to housing. 58— Check Valve 62— O-Ring
59— Spring 63— Plug
7. Install plug to housing. Tighten plug to specification. 60— O-Ring
Specification
Load Check Valve
Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m
260 lb.-ft.
JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-16/33
TX1097356 —UN—15SEP11
67 66
1. Remove plug (67) from housing (1). 65 64
PN=328
Hydraulic System
TX1097357 —UN—15SEP11
1. Remove plug (74) from housing (1). 74 73 72 71 56 57 56 70
69 68
2. Remove check valve (68), spring (69), and check 52
valve (70) from housing.
3. Remove backup rings (56 and 72) and O-rings (57,
71, and 73) from plug.
Load Check Valve
4. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
5. Install O-rings and backup rings to plug. 52— Load Check Valve 70— Check Valve
56— Backup Ring (2 used) 71— O-Ring
6. Install check valves and spring to housing. 57— O-Ring 72— Backup Ring
68— Check Valve 73— O-Ring
7. Install plug to housing. Tighten plug to specification. 69— Spring 74— Plug
Specification
Load Check Valve
Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m
260 lb.-ft.
JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-18/33
TX1097358 —UN—15SEP11
1. Remove plug (75) from housing (1). 77 76 75
79 78
2. Remove spring (78) and check valve (79) from housing. 53
TX1097359 —UN—15SEP11
1. Remove plug (84) from housing (1). 80 82 83 84
81
2. Remove spring (81) and check valve (80) from housing. 54
3. Remove O-ring (82) and backup ring (83) from plug.
4. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
Check Valve
5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug.
6. Install check valve and spring to housing. 54— Check Valve Assembly 82— O-Ring
80— Check Valve 83— Backup Ring
7. Install plug to housing. Tighten plug to specification. 81— Spring 84— Plug
Specification
Check Valve
Plug—Torque.................................................................................80 N·m
59 lb.-ft.
Continued on next page JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-20/33
PN=329
Hydraulic System
TX1097360 —UN—15SEP11
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly
98 97 96 94 93 91 89 88 86 85
of auxiliary flow combiner valve is for
inspection purposes only. 55
PN=330
Hydraulic System
100
101
124 108
123 106 110 107
109
111 126
125
1
122 127
121 120
129 128
113 104
117 114 105
118
103
119 115 102
116
104
TX1097153 —UN—07SEP11
TX1097153
Boom 2 Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and check valve)
PN=331
Hydraulic System
1— Left Control Valve Housing 107— O-Ring 116— Plug 124— Spring
100— Boom 2 Reduced Leakage 108— Backup Ring 117— Piston 125— Nut
Valve (valve and check 109— Sleeve 118— O-Ring 126— Plug
valve) 110— Backup Ring 119— Plug 127— O-Ring
101— Socket Head Cap Screws 111— O-Ring 120— Check Valve 128— Spring
(4 used) 113— Spool 121— O-Ring 129— Poppet
102— Poppet 114— Spring 122— O-Ring
103— Spring 115— O-Ring 123— Valve Seat
104— O-Ring (2 used)
105— O-Ring
106— Housing (boom 2 reduced
leakage valve)
Boom 2 Reduced Leakage Valve (Valve and 5. Remove O-rings (107, 118, and 127), backup rings
Check Valve) (100) Disassembly (108 and 110), spring (128), and poppet (129).
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly 6. Remove plug (119) and piston (117) from housing
of boom 2 reduced leakage valve is for (106).
inspection purposes only.
7. Remove O-ring (118) from plug (119).
1. Remove socket head cap screws (101) to remove
boom 2 reduced leakage valve (100) from left control 8. Remove nut (125) to remove spring (124), valve seat
valve housing (1). (123), and check valve (120) from housing (106).
2. Remove spring (103) and poppet (102) from control 9. Remove O-rings (121 and 122) from valve seat (123).
valve housing. 10. Inspect for wear or damage.
3. Remove O-rings (104 and 105) from housing (106).
4. Remove plug (126) and sleeve (109) from housing
(106).
Continued on next page JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-23/33
PN=332
Hydraulic System
132
130
131
153 138
154 155
146
144
142
148 147 140
145
143
141
139
135
161
160
162
159 163
158
164
157 162
TX1097154 —UN—08SEP11
156 165
133 134
TX1097154
Arm Reduced Leakage Valve and Bypass Shutoff Valve
PN=333
Hydraulic System
1— Left Control Valve Housing 139— Plug 149— Spool 159— Spring
130— Poppet 140— O-Ring 150— Spring 160— Check Valve
131— Spring 141— Spring 151— O-Ring 161— Spool
132— Arm Reduced Leakage 142— Poppet 152— Plug 162— O-Ring (2 used)
Valve (valve and poppet) 143— Backup Ring 153— Plug 163— Sleeve
133— Check Valve 144— O-Ring 154— O-Ring 164— Piston
134— Bypass Shutoff Valve 145— Sleeve 155— Piston 165— Plug
135— Spring 146— Backup Ring 156— Plug
136— O-Ring 147— O-Ring 157— Backup Ring
137— O-Ring (3 used) 148— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 158— O-Ring
138— Housing (arm reduced used)
leakage valve)
JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-25/33
TX1097361 —UN—15SEP11
144 141
1. Remove socket head cap screws (148) to remove arm 155 132
154
reduced leakage valve (132) from left control valve
housing (1). 143
148 147
2. Remove spring (131) and poppet (130) from control 145
valve housing. 146 142 140 139
3. Remove O-rings (136 and 137) housing (138). Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet)
PN=334
Hydraulic System
TX1097362 —UN—15SEP11
156 157 158
1. Remove plug (156) from housing (1). 160
159
2. Remove spring (159) and check valve (160) from 133
housing.
3. Remove O-ring (158) and backup ring (157) from plug.
4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Check Valve
5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug.
133— Check Valve Assembly 158— O-Ring
6. Install check valve and spring to housing. 156— Plug 159— Spring
157— Backup Ring 160— Check Valve
7. Install plug to housing. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Check Valve
Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m
260 lb.-ft.
JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-27/33
TX1097363 —UN—15SEP11
and Assemble 162 163 161 135
PN=335
Hydraulic System
1
176 196
198
189
187 197
188
186
183
182
184 181
193
191
192 195
190 194
175 177
179
166
169
173 171
TX1097156 —UN—12SEP11
TX1097156
Flow Rate Control Valves and Check Valves
PN=336
Hydraulic System
1— Left Control Valve Housing 174— Load Check Valve 183— Plug (2 used) 192— Guide (2 used)
166— Check Valve (2 used) 175— Arm Flow Rate Control 184— O-Ring (2 used) 193— Spring (2 used)
167— Spring (2 used) Valve (valve and poppet) 185— Flow Rate Control Valve 194— O-Ring (2 used)
168— Check Valve (2 used) 176— Swing Flow Rate Control Housing (2 used) 195— Plug (2 used)
169— O-Ring (2 used) Valve (valve and poppet) 186— Check Valve (2 used) 196— Check Valve
170— Backup Ring (2 used) 177— Poppet 187— Spring (2 used) 197— Spring
171— Plug 178— Check Valve 188— O-Ring (2 used) 198— Piston
172— Plug 179— Spring 189— Plug (2 used)
173— Check Valve (lift 180— Piston 190— Socket Head Cap Screw (8
check)—Left Travel Neutral 181— O-Ring (2 used) used)
Passage 182— O-Ring (2 used) 191— Spool (2 used)
JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-30/33
TX1097364 —UN—12SEP11
1. Remove socket head cap screws (190) to remove
swing flow rate control valve (176) from left control
valve housing (1). 184 181
191 194 176
2. Remove piston (198), spring (197), and check valve
(196) from left control valve housing. 192
190 193 195
3. Remove O-rings (181 and 182) from housing (185).
Swing Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet)
4. Remove plug (195), spring (193), guide (192), and
spool (191) from housing (185).
176— Swing Flow Rate Control 190— Socket Head Cap Screw
5. Remove O-ring (194) from plug. Valve (4 used)
181— O-Ring 191— Spool
6. Remove plug (183) from housing (185). 182— O-Ring 192— Guide
183— Plug 193— Spring
7. Remove O-ring (184) from plug. 184— O-Ring 194— O-Ring
185— Housing (flow rate 195— Plug
8. Remove plug (189), spring (187), and check valve control valve) 196— Check Valve
(186) from housing (185). 186— Check Valve 197— Spring
187— Spring 198— Piston
9. Remove O-ring (188) from plug. 188— O-Ring
189— Plug
10. Inspect for wear or damage.
Continued on next page JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-31/33
PN=337
Hydraulic System
TX1097365 —UN—08SEP11
1. Remove socket head cap screws (190) to remove arm
flow rate control valve (175) from left control valve 190 191 175
housing (1).
183
2. Remove piston (180), spring (179), check valve (178), 187 186
and poppet (177) from left control valve housing.
189 188
3. Remove O-rings (181 and 182) from housing (185).
Arm Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet)
4. Remove plug (195), spring (193), guide (192), and
spool (191) from housing (185).
175— Arm Flow Rate Control 186— Check Valve
5. Remove O-ring (194) from plug (195). Valve (valve and poppet) 187— Spring
177— Poppet 188— O-Ring
6. Remove plug (183) from housing (185). 178— Check Valve 189— Plug
179— Spring 190— Socket Head Cap Screw
7. Remove O-ring (184) from plug (183). 180— Piston (4 used)
181— O-Ring 191— Spool
8. Remove plug (189), spring (187), and check valve 182— O-Ring 192— Guide
(186) from housing (185). 183— Plug 193— Spring
184— O-Ring 194— O-Ring
9. Remove O-ring (188) from plug (189). 185— Flow Rate Control Valve 195— Plug
Housing
10. Inspect for wear or damage.
JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-32/33
TX1097366 —UN—15SEP11
172 169
1. Remove plug (172) from housing (1). 167
JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-33/33
PN=338
Hydraulic System
TX1097367 —UN—15SEP11
(173) Disassemble and Assemble
1. Remove plug (171) from housing (1).
173
2. Remove check valve (168), spring (167), and check 167 166
valve (166) from housing. 171 168
170 169
3. Remove O-ring (169) and backup ring (170) from plug.
Check Valve
4. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug. 166— Check Valve 170— Backup Ring
167— Spring 171— Plug
6. Install check valve, spring, and check valve to housing. 168— Check Valve 173— Check Valve (lift
169— O-Ring check)—Left Travel
7. Install plug to housing. Tighten to specification. Neutral Passage
Specification
Load Check Valve
Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m
260 lb.-ft.
JB35873,00002AE -19-15SEP11-34/33
PN=339
Hydraulic System
PN=340
Hydraulic System
42
7
19
18 43
16
20
17 14
15
45
8
11
1 12
21 11
11 10
2
19 12
44 18 11
16 10
46
20 3
17 22
15
45
9 11
46 12
23 11
11 10
4
41
40 12
39 11
38
36 10
37 34
35 33 31 5
32 30
TX1097130 —UN—07SEP11
28
29 27
25
26
6
24
TX1097130
Right Control Valve Spools (4-spool) and Main Relief Valve
PN=341
Hydraulic System
1— Right Control Valve Housing 14— Spool (arm 2) 26— Nut 38— O-Ring
(4-spool) 15— Check Valve 27— Check Valve 39— Spring
2— Arm 2 Spool 16— Spring 28— Sleeve 40— Piston
3— Boom 1 Spool 17— Spacer 29— Backup Ring 41— Poppet
4— Bucket Spool 18— O-Ring 30— O-Ring 42— O-Ring (4 used)
5— Right Travel Spool 19— Backup Ring 31— Nut 43— Socket Head Cap Screw (6
6— Main Relief Valve Isolation 20— Plug 32— Sleeve used)
Check Valve (4-spool) 21— Spool (boom 1) 33— O-Ring 44— Socket Head Cap Screw (2
7— Cover (pilot cap) 22— Spool (bucket) 34— Spring used)
8— Cover (pilot cap) 23— Spool (right travel) 35— Piston 45— Socket Head Cap Screw (5
9— Cover (pilot cap) 24— Plug 36— Valve Seat used)
10— Cap Screw (4 used) 25— O-Ring 37— Backup Ring 46— O-Ring (4 used)
11— Guide (8 used)
12— Spring (4 used)
3. Remove socket head cap screws (43) to remove cover 4. Remove socket head cap screws (44 and 45) to
(7) and O-rings (42) from right control valve housing remove covers (8 and 9) and O-rings (46).
(1).
RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-3/32
TX1097392 —UN—08SEP11
for proper operation of machine. 2
19 18
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of
the spool is for inspection purposes only.
11 12 11 10
1. Remove arm 2 spool (2) from housing by slowly
rotating as it is removed.
2. Remove plug (20) to remove O-ring (18), backup ring Arm 2 Spool
(19), spacer (17), spring (16), and check valve (15).
2— Arm 2 Spool 16— Spring
NOTE: When disassembling a spool, hold the spool in a 10— Cap Screw 17— Spacer
vise using wooden blocks to protect it. A thread lock 11— Guide (2 used) 18— O-Ring
(high-strength) is used on the threads of cap screws. 12— Spring 19— Backup Ring
14— Spool (arm 2) 20— Plug
15— Check Valve
3. Remove cap screw (10) from spool (14) to remove
guides (11) and spring (12).
4. Inspect for wear or damage.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-4/32
PN=342
Hydraulic System
TX1097393 —UN—15SEP11
IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores 21 11 12 11 10
in housing and are a different design for each
3
function. Spools must be installed into the
same bores from which they were removed
for proper operation of machine.
TX1097395 —UN—08SEP11
for proper operation of machine. 4
19 18
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of
the spool is for inspection purposes only.
11 12 11 10
1. Remove bucket spool (4) from housing by slowly
rotating as it is removed.
2. Remove plug (20) to remove O-ring (18), backup ring Bucket Spool
(19), spacer (17), spring (16), and check valve (15).
4— Bucket Spool 17— Spacer
NOTE: When disassembling a spool, hold the spool in a 10— Cap Screw 18— O-Ring
vise using wooden blocks to protect it. A thread lock 11— Guide (2 used) 19— Backup Ring
(high-strength) is used on the threads of cap screws. 12— Spring 20— Plug
15— Check Valve 22— Spool (bucket)
16— Spring
3. Remove cap screw (10) from spool (22) to remove
guides (11) and spring (12).
4. Inspect for wear or damage.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-6/32
PN=343
Hydraulic System
TX1097396 —UN—15SEP11
IMPORTANT: The spools are select fitted to the bores 23 12 11
11 10
in housing and are a different design for each
function. Spools must be installed into the 5
same bores from which they were removed
for proper operation of machine.
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of Right Travel Spool
the spool is for inspection purposes only.
5— Right Travel Spool 12— Spring
1. Remove right travel spool (5) from housing by slowly 10— Cap Screw 23— Spool (right travel)
rotating as it is removed. 11— Guide (2 used)
TX1097397 —UN—15SEP11
(6) Disassembly 41 39 37 36 33 31 28 27 25
PN=344
Hydraulic System
86 48
85
82
80
78
84 76
83 55
100 81 53
98 79
77
96
99 94 54 52
97 90
95 89
93 1
92 91
75
73
71 88 87
70
68 52
66 53
74 64 55
72 55
69 58
53
67 59
65 61
63 54
56
51 54 57
52 49
60
62
52
53
55
64
66
68
54 70
63 73
65 75
67
52 69
53 71 47
55 72
64 74
66
68
54 70
63 73
65 75
TX1097135 —UN—08SEP11
67
69
71 50
72
74
TX1097135
Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves
PN=345
Hydraulic System
1— Right Control Valve Housing 60— O-Ring 74— Adjusting Screw (3 used) 88— Spacer
(4-spool) 61— Backup Ring 75— Nut (3 used) 89— Nut
47— Boom Down Circuit Relief 62— Plug 76— Poppet 90— Poppet
and Anticavitation Valve 63— Poppet (3 used) 77— O-Ring 91— Spring
48— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief 64— Piston (3 used) 78— Backup Ring (2 used) 92— Spacer
and Anticavitation Valve 65— Spring (3 used) 79— Piston 93— Spring
49— Arm Regenerative Valve 66— O-Ring (3 used) 80— Retainer 94— Piston
50— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief 67— Backup Ring (6 used) 81— Spring 95— O-Ring
and Anticavitation Valve 68— O-Ring (3 used) 82— Valve Seat 96— Backup Ring
51— Boom Up Circuit Relief and 69— Spring (3 used) 83— Backup Ring 97— Sleeve
Anticavitation Valve 70— Valve Seat (3 used) 84— O-Ring 98— Piston
52— O-Ring (5 used) 71— Poppet (3 used) 85— O-Ring 99— O-Ring
53— Backup Ring (5 used) 72— Spring (3 used) 86— Sleeve 100— Plug
54— O-Ring (5 used) 73— O-Ring (3 used) 87— O-Ring
55— Sleeve (5 used)
56— Poppet
57— O-Ring (2 used)
58— Backup Ring
59— Spring
RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-10/32
TX1097599 —UN—15SEP11
Valve (47) Disassembly 69 66 64 55 54 52
73 71
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly
of circuit relief and anticavitation valves are
for inspection purposes only.
75 74 72 70 68 67 65 63 53
1. Remove boom down circuit relief and anticavitation
valve (47) from right control valve housing (1). Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve
PN=346
Hydraulic System
TX1097401 —UN—15SEP11
valve (48) from right control valve housing (1).
99 97 95 93 91 89 87
2. Remove O-rings (52 and 54) and backup ring (53)
from bucket curl circuit relief and anticavitation valve.
3. Remove sleeve (86) from sleeve (55) to remove valve 100
seat (82), spring (81), retainer (80), piston (79), and 98 96 94 92 90 88
poppet (76).
Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve
4. Remove O-rings (84, 85, and 87) and backup ring (83)
from sleeve (86). 48— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief 86— Sleeve
and Anticavitation Valve 87— O-Ring
5. Remove O-ring (77) and backup rings (78). 52— O-Ring 88— Spacer
53— Backup Ring 89— Nut
6. Remove nut (89) to remove piston (94), spring (93), 54— O-Ring 90— Poppet
spacer (92), spring (91), and poppet (90). 55— Sleeve 91— Spring
76— Poppet 92— Spacer
7. Remove O-ring (95) and backup ring (96) from sleeve 77— O-Ring 93— Spring
(97). 78— Backup Ring (2 used) 94— Piston
79— Piston 95— O-Ring
8. Remove plug (100) to remove piston (98) and O-ring 80— Retainer 96— Backup Ring
(99). 81— Spring 97— Sleeve
82— Valve Seat 98— Piston
9. Inspect for wear or damage. 83— Backup Ring 99— O-Ring
84— O-Ring 100— Plug
85— O-Ring
RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-12/32
TX1097400 —UN—16SEP11
52 53 55 58 59 61
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly of
the arm regenerative valve is for inspection
49
purposes only.
PN=347
Hydraulic System
TX1097599 —UN—15SEP11
Valve (50) Disassembly 69 66 64 55 54 52
73 71
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly
of circuit relief and anticavitation valves are
for inspection purposes only.
75 74 72 70 68 67 65 63 53
1. Remove bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation
valve (50) from right control valve housing (1). Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve
TX1097599 —UN—15SEP11
Valve (51) Disassembly 69 66 64 55 54 52
73 71
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly
of circuit relief and anticavitation valves are
for inspection purposes only.
75 74 72 70 68 67 65 63 53
1. Remove boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve
(51) from right control valve housing (1). Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve
PN=348
Hydraulic System
126
110 115
113
111
114
112 1
124 127
122 129
109
130
120
132
125
123 128
135
131
121
127 133
119 129 105
134
108 117 130 136
111 132
138
128
135
118 131
112
137
106
111 134
112 136
114
115
113
107
TX1097136 —UN—07SEP11
116
TX1097136
Bypass Shutoff Valve and Check Valves
PN=349
Hydraulic System
1— Right Control Valve Housing 113— O-Ring (2 used) 122— Spring 131— Spool (2 used)
(4-spool) 114— Backup Ring (2 used) 123— O-Ring 132— O-Ring (2 used)
105— Bypass Shutoff Valve 115— O-Ring (2 used) 124— Plug 133— Sleeve
106— Bucket Regeneration Valve 116— Plug 125— Spring 134— Guide (2 used)
107— Check Valve 117— O-Ring 126— Plug 135— O-Ring (2 used)
108— Check Valve 118— Backup Ring 127— Retainer (2 used) 136— Plug (2 used)
109— Flow Combiner Valve 119— Plug 128— O-Ring (2 used) 137— Sleeve
110— Load Check Valve 120— Spool 129— Backup Ring (2 used) 138— Spring
111— Check Valve (3 used) 121— Spacer 130— Piston (2 used)
112— Spring (3 used)
RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-17/32
TX1097403 —UN—15SEP11
and Assemble 127 129 130 132 125 135
1. Remove bypass shutoff valve (105) from right control 105
valve housing (1).
2. Remove sleeve (133), spool (131), spring (125), and 128 131 133 134 136
guide (134) from housing.
3. Remove piston (130), backup ring (129), and O-ring Bypass Shutoff Valve
(128) from retainer (127).
105— Bypass Shutoff Valve 131— Spool
4. Remove O-ring (132) and plug (136) from sleeve (133). 125— Spring 132— O-Ring
127— Retainer 133— Sleeve
5. Remove O-ring (135) from plug. 128— O-Ring 134— Guide
129— Backup Ring 135— O-Ring
6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 130— Piston 136— Plug
7. Install O-ring (135) to plug (136).
8. Install plug and O-ring (132) to sleeve (133). Tighten
plug to specification. 11. Install bypass shutoff valve to housing. Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Plug—Torque...............................................................................180 N·m Specification
133 lb.-ft. Bypass Shutoff Valve
Sleeve—Torque...........................................................................180 N·m
9. Install O-ring (128), backup ring, and piston to retainer 133 lb.-ft.
(127).
10. Install guide (134), spring (125), spool (131), and
retainer to sleeve.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-18/32
PN=350
Hydraulic System
TX1097602 —UN—15SEP11
and Assemble 127 129 130 132 138 135
1. Remove bucket regenerative valve (106) from right
control valve housing (1).
106
2. Remove sleeve (137), spool (131), spring (138), and 128 131 137 134 136
guide (134) from housing.
3. Remove piston (130), backup ring (129), and O-ring Bucket Regenerative Valve
(128) from retainer (127).
106— Bucket Regenerative 132— O-Ring
4. Remove O-ring (132) and plug (136) from sleeve (137). Valve 134— Guide
127— Retainer 135— O-Ring
5. Remove O-ring (135) from plug. 128— O-Ring 136— Plug
129— Backup Ring 137— Sleeve
6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 130— Piston 138— Spring
131— Spool
7. Install O-ring (135) to plug (136).
8. Install plug and O-ring (132) to sleeve (137). Tighten
plug to specification.
11. Install bucket regenerative valve to housing. Tighten
Specification to specification.
Plug—Torque...............................................................................180 N·m
Specification
133 lb.-ft.
Bucket Regenerative
9. Install O-ring (128), backup ring, and piston to retainer Valve—Torque.............................................................................180 N·m
(127). 133 lb.-ft.
TX1097604 —UN—15SEP11
116 115 114 113
1. Remove plug (116) from right control valve housing (1). 112 111
2. Remove spring (112) and check valve (111) from 107
housing.
3. Remove O-rings (113 and 115) and backup ring (114)
from plug.
Check Valve
4. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
5. Install backup ring and O-rings to plug. 107— Check Valve Assembly 114— Backup Ring
111— Check Valve 115— O-Ring
6. Install spring and check valve to housing. 112— Spring 116— Plug
113— O-Ring
7. Install plug to housing. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Check Valve
Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m
260 lb.-ft.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-20/32
PN=351
Hydraulic System
TX1097600 —UN—15SEP11
1. Remove plug (119) from right control valve housing (1). 119 118 117 112
111
2. Remove spring (112) and check valve (111) from 108
housing.
3. Remove O-ring (117) and backup ring (118) from plug.
4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Check Valve
5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug.
108— Check Valve Assembly 117— O-Ring
6. Install check valve and spring to housing. 111— Check Valve 118— Backup Ring
112— Spring 119— Plug
7. Install plug to housing. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Check Valve
Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m
260 lb.-ft.
RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-21/32
TX1097405 —UN—15SEP11
124 122 120
1. Remove plug (124) from right control valve housing (1).
2. Remove spring (122), spacer (121), and spool (120) 109
from housing.
123 121
3. Remove O-ring (123) from plug.
4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Flow Combiner Valve
5. Install O-ring to plug.
109— Flow Combiner Valve 122— Spring
6. Install spool, spacer, and spring to housing. 120— Spool 123— O-Ring
121— Spacer 124— Plug
7. Install plug to housing. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Flow Combiner Valve
Plug—Torque...............................................................................250 N·m
185 lb.-ft.
RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-22/32
PN=352
Hydraulic System
186
187
188
189
190
191
143
192
182
183
148 184
149
168 185
152
170 150
172 151
174
169 176 147 180
171
173 181
175
145
140 177 145
142
146
167 149
165
163 151
161 150 148
166
144 159
164 157
162 156
141 160 155
TX1097133 —UN—07SEP11
158
154
153
TX1097133
Flow Rate Control Valve Assembly and Bypass Shutoff Valve (4-spool)
PN=353
Hydraulic System
1— Right Control Valve Housing 152— Spacer 165— O-Ring 180— Poppet
(4-spool) 153— Plug 166— Spool (boom reduced 181— Spring
140— Boom Flow Rate Control 154— O-Ring leakage valve) 182— Piston
Valve (valve and poppet) 155— Spring 167— Spring 183— Check Valve
141— Boom Reduced Leakage 156— Guide 168— Plug 184— Spring
Valve (valve and check 157— Spool 169— O-Ring 185— Piston
valve) 158— Plug 170— Spring 186— Spring
142— Flow Rate Control Valve 159— O-Ring 171— Guide 187— Spool
Assembly 160— Piston 172— Spool (boom flow rate 188— O-Ring
143— Bypass Shutoff Valve 161— Backup Ring control valve) 189— Sleeve
(4-spool) 162— O-Ring 173— Poppet 190— Piston
144— Socket Head Cap Screw (6 163— Retainer 174— Backup Ring 191— O-Ring
used) 164— Backup Ring 175— O-Ring 192— Plug
145— O-Ring (4 used) 176— Check Valve
146— O-Ring 177— Valve Seat
147— O-Ring
148— Plug (2 used)
149— O-Ring (2 used)
150— Spring (2 used)
151— Check Valve (2 used)
Continued on next page RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-25/32
PN=354
Hydraulic System
183
184
148
168 149 185
170 152
172 150 182
151
174
169 176 147
171
180
173
175 181
145
140 177 145
142
146
167 149
165
163 151
TX1097414 —UN—07SEP11
161 150 148
166 157
144 159
164
156 155
162
141 160 153
158 154
TX1097414
Flow Rate Control Valve Assembly
140— Boom Flow Rate Control 152— Spacer 163— Retainer 174— Backup Ring
Valve (valve and poppet) 153— Plug 164— Backup Ring 175— O-Ring
141— Boom Reduced Leakage 154— O-Ring 165— O-Ring 176— Check Valve
Valve (valve and check 155— Spring 166— Spool (boom reduced 177— Valve Seat
valve) 156— Guide leakage valve) 180— Poppet
142— Flow Rate Control Valve 157— Spool 167— Spring 181— Spring
Assembly 158— Plug 168— Plug 182— Piston
144— Socket Head Cap Screw (6 159— O-Ring 169— O-Ring 183— Check Valve
used) 160— Piston 170— Spring 184— Spring
145— O-Ring (4 used) 161— Backup Ring 171— Guide 185— Piston
146— O-Ring 162— O-Ring 172— Spool (boom flow rate
147— O-Ring control valve)
148— Plug (2 used) 173— Poppet
149— O-Ring (2 used)
150— Spring (2 used)
151— Check Valve (2 used)
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly 4. Remove O-rings (145, 146, and 147) from flow rate
of the boom flow rate control valve assembly control valve assembly.
is for inspection purposes only.
5. Remove plugs (148) from flow rate control valve
1. Remove socket head cap screws (144) to remove flow assembly.
rate control valve assembly (142) from right control
valve housing (1). 6. Remove O-rings (149) from plugs.
2. Remove spring (181) and poppet (180) from housing. 7. Remove check valves (151) and springs (150) from
flow rate control valve assembly.
3. Remove piston (185), spring (184), check valve (183),
and piston (182) from housing. 8. Inspect for wear or damage.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-26/32
PN=355
Hydraulic System
TX1097409 —UN—15SEP11
Poppet) (140) Disassembly 170 172 174 176
168
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly
of the boom flow rate control valve is for 140
inspection purposes only.
169 171 173 175 177
1. Remove boom flow rate control valve (140).
Boom Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet)
2. Remove valve seat (177) to remove check valve (176),
O-ring (175) and backup ring (174).
140— Boom Flow Rate Control 173— Poppet
3. Remove poppet (173), spool (172), guide (171), spring Valve (valve and poppet) 174— Backup Ring
(170), and O-ring (169) from plug (168). 168— Plug 175— O-Ring
169— O-Ring 176— Check Valve
4. Inspect for wear or damage. 170— Spring 177— Valve Seat
171— Guide
172— Spool (boom flow rate
control valve)
RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-27/32
TX1097411 —UN—15SEP11
Poppet) (141) Disassembly 158 160 162 164 166
NOTE: Not all parts are serviceable. Disassembly
of the boom reduced leakage valve is for 141
inspection purposes only.
159 161 163 165 167
1. Remove plug (158) and remove O-ring (159) from plug.
Boom Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet)
2. Remove piston (160), O-rings (162 and 165), backup
rings (161 and 164), retainer (163), spool (166), and
spring (167). 141— Boom Reduced Leakage 163— Retainer
Valve (valve and poppet) 164— Backup Ring
3. Inspect for wear or damage. 158— Plug 165— O-Ring
159— O-Ring 166— Spool (boom reduced
160— Piston leakage valve)
161— Backup Ring 167— Spring
162— O-Ring
PN=356
Hydraulic System
TX1097406 —UN—15SEP11
and Assemble 192 190 188 186
2. Remove spool (187) and spring (186) from housing. 191 187
189
3. Remove piston (190), sleeve (189), and O-ring (191)
from plug (192). Bypass Shutoff Valve
PN=357
Hydraulic System
203
205
204
206
207
201
208
217 210
216
214 218 209
211
219
215
213
220
200
221 222
212 223
TX1097138 —UN—07SEP11
TX1097138
Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve and Check Valve
PN=358
Hydraulic System
1— Right Control Valve Housing 206— Backup Ring 212— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 218— O-Ring
(4-spool) 207— Plug used) 219— O-Ring
200— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 208— Poppet 213— Spool 220— Check Valve
Valve 209— Check Valve 214— Guide 221— Spring
201— Check Valve Assembly 210— Spring 215— Spring 222— O-Ring
203— Check Valve 211— Piston 216— O-Ring 223— Plug
204— Spring 217— Plug
205— O-Ring
RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-31/32
TX1097637 —UN—08SEP11
1. Remove socket head cap screws (212) to remove arm 212 213 200
2 flow rate control valve (200) from right control valve
housing (1).
221 220
2. Remove piston (211), spring (210), check valve (209),
and poppet (208) from housing. 223 222
3. Remove O-rings (218 and 219) from arm 2 flow rate Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet)
control valve.
4. Remove plug (217), spring (215), guide (214), and 200— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 216— O-Ring
spool (213) from arm 2 flow rate control valve. Valve (valve and poppet) 217— Plug
208— Poppet 218— O-Ring
5. Remove O-ring (216) from plug (217). 209— Check Valve 219— O-Ring
210— Spring 220— Check Valve
6. Remove plug (223), spring (221), and check valve 211— Piston 221— Spring
212— Socket Head Cap Screw 222— O-Ring
(220) from arm 2 flow rate control valve. (8 used) 223— Plug
213— Spool
7. Remove O-ring (222) from plug (223). 214— Guide
215— Spring
8. Inspect for wear or damage.
RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-32/32
TX1097601 —UN—15SEP11
1. Remove plug (207) from right control valve housing (1). 207 206 205 204
203
2. Remove spring (204) and check valve (203) from 201
housing.
3. Remove O-ring (205) and backup ring (206) from plug.
4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Check Valve
5. Install backup ring and O-ring to plug.
201— Check Valve Assembly 205— O-Ring
6. Install check valve and spring to housing. 203— Check Valve 206— Backup Ring
204— Spring 207— Plug
7. Install plug to housing. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Check Valve
Plug—Torque...............................................................................350 N·m
260 lb.-ft.
RH60123,0000443 -19-15SEP11-33/32
PN=359
Hydraulic System
TX1097855 —UN—15SEP11
Tank—Capacity
(approximate).................................................................................. 310 L 1
82 gal.
MM16284,0001168 -19-19SEP11-1/8
5. Remove cap screws (3) and hydraulic oil tank cover (4).
6. Remove final fuel filters. See Final Fuel Filter and
Water Separator Remove and Install. (Group 0560.)
7. Remove primary fuel filters and water separators. See
Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator Remove and
Install. (Group 0560.) 3
4
8. Remove solenoid valve manifold (4 spool). See
Solenoid Valve Manifold (4-Spool) Remove and Install.
(Group 3360.)
TX1097856 —UN—15SEP11
PN=360
Hydraulic System
TX1097857 —UN—15SEP11
Y56
MM16284,0001168 -19-19SEP11-3/8
TX1097858 —UN—15SEP11
10
16
PN=361
Hydraulic System
TX1097861 —UN—15SEP11
Access Covers
PN=362
Hydraulic System
22
23 31 24
21
25
33
26
32
27
28
TX1097859 —UN—15SEP11
29 30
TX1097859
Hydraulic Oil Tank
21— Coupler 25— Hydraulic Oil Hose 29— Hydraulic Oil Hose 33— Hydraulic Oil Tank
22— Hydraulic Oil Hose 26— Hydraulic Oil Hose 30— Hydraulic Oil Hose
23— Hydraulic Oil Hose 27— Hydraulic Oil Hose 31— Cap Screw
24— Hydraulic Oil Hose 28— Hydraulic Oil Hose 32— Coupler
19. Remove cap screw (31). 21. Attach identification tags and disconnect couplers (21
20. Attach identification tags and disconnect hydraulic and 32). Close all openings using caps and plugs.
hoses (22—30). Close all openings using cap and
plugs.
Continued on next page MM16284,0001168 -19-19SEP11-6/8
PN=363
Hydraulic System
22. Remove cap screws (34) and lower access cover (35).
23. Remove cap screws (36) and lower access cover (37).
36
35
TX1097860 —UN—15SEP11
34
PN=364
Hydraulic System
TX1097863 —UN—15SEP11
850 lb. B40
27. Inspect and repair as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil 38
Tank Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)
29. Connect hydraulic oil tank fitting (40) and cap screws 43. Connect hydraulic hose (5).
(39). 44. Install cap screws (6).
30. Connect hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B40). 45. Connect fan pump control solenoid (Y56).
31. Install lower access cover (37) and cap screws (36). 46. Install solenoid valve manifold (4 spool). See Solenoid
32. Install lower access cover (35) and cap screws (34). Valve Manifold (4-Spool) Remove and Install. (Group
3360.)
33. Connect couplers (21 and 32).
47. Install primary fuel filters and water separators. See
34. Connect hydraulic hoses (22—30). Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator Remove and
Install. (Group 0560.)
35. Install cap screw (31).
48. Install final fuel filters. See Final Fuel Filter and Water
36. Install access cover (19) and cap screws (20). Separator Remove and Install. (Group 0560.)
37. Install access cover (18) and cap screws (17). 49. Install hydraulic oil tank cover (4) and cap screws (3).
38. Install pilot system oil filter (13) and cap screws (11). 50. Install handrail (2) and cap screws (1).
39. Install pump case drain filter (14) and cap screws (15). 51. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic
40. Install cap screws (10). Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s
Manual.)
41. Connect hydraulic hoses (9, 12, and 16).
52. Perform pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure. See Pump
42. Install fan pump control solenoid valve (7) and cap 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)
screws (8).
MM16284,0001168 -19-19SEP11-8/8
PN=365
Hydraulic System
11 11
14
8 15
17
7 16 18
17
5
19
6
17
19
18
3 2 17
18
17
19
20
4 4
1
29
21
TX1096368 —UN—29AUG11
27 23
26 B40 22
25
24
TX1096368 28 28
Hydraulic Oil Tank
1— Hydraulic Oil Tank 9— Cap Screw (6 used) 17— Pipe Plug (5 used) 25— Hand Operated Valve
2— Level Gauge 10— Cover 18— Elbow Fitting (4 used) 26— Adapter Fitting
3— Cap Screw (2 used) 11— O-Ring (2 used) 19— Elbow Fitting (3 used) 27— Pipe
4— Washer (4 used) 12— Cap Screw (12 used) 20— Adapter Fitting 28— Cap Screw (6 used)
5— Pressure Release Button 13— Cover 21— Spacer (8 used) 29— O-Ring
6— Washer 14— Spring 22— Cap Screw (8 used) B40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature
7— Cap Screw (4 used) 15— Flow Control Hydraulic 23— Gasket Sensor
8— Suction Filter Valve 24— Pipe Plug
16— Filter Element
1. Remove cap screws (9 and 12) and covers (10 and 13). 3. Remove filter element (16). See Replace Hydraulic
2. Remove suction filter (8). Tank Oil Filter. (Operator’s Manual.)
PN=366
Hydraulic System
4. Remove cap screws (28) and pipe (27). 10. Install level gauge and cap screws (3).
5. Remove cap screws (7), pressure release button (5), 11. Install pipe (27) and caps screws (28).
and washer (6). See Replace Hydraulic Tank Cap
Breather Element. (Operator’s Manual.) 12. Install washer (6), pressure release button, and cap
screws (7). See Replace Hydraulic Tank Cap Breather
6. Remove cap screws (3) and level gauge (2). Element. (Operator’s Manual.)
7. Remove pipe plugs (17), elbow fittings (18 and 19), 13. Install filter element. See Replace Hydraulic Tank Oil
and adapter fitting (20). Filter. (Operator’s Manual.)
8. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 14. Install suction filter.
9. Install pipe plugs (17), elbow fittings (18 and 19), and 15. Install covers (10 and 13) and cap screws (9 and 12).
adapter fitting (20).
JB35873,00002C5 -19-13SEP11-2/2
PN=367
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Oil Restriction Valve Remove and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Or see
Install Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
TX1095073 —UN—27JUL11
TX1095073
Restriction Valve
3— Coupling 5— Cap Screw (4 used) 7— Hydraulic Oil Restriction
4— Hydraulic Line 6— O-Ring Valve
PN=368
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Remove Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) Or see
and Install Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
7
5 6
4
3
TX1095095 —UN—27JUL11
TX1095095
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve
3— O-Ring 5— Cap Screw (4 used) 7— Coupling
4— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass 6— Hydraulic Line
Valve
PN=369
Hydraulic System
1— Hose 3— Hose
TX1094144A —UN—08JUL11
2— Clamp (2 used) 4— Clamp (2 used)
Intercooler Hoses
PN=370
Hydraulic System
TX1094316A —UN—08JUL11
Intercooler Hoses
PN=371
Hydraulic System
9. Remove cap screws (13 and 15) from left and right
end covers (12 and 14).
TX1094317A —UN—08JUL11
Left End Cover
TX1094318A —UN—08JUL11
PN=372
Hydraulic System
10. Remove cap screws (16), clamps (17), and pipes (18
and 20).
TX1094319A —UN—08JUL11
Intercooler Pipes and Cover
RG80575,00008CB -19-21SEP11-4/9
TX1094320A —UN—08JUL11
11— Cover 21— M12 Eyebolt (3 used)
Cover
PN=373
Hydraulic System
TX1094321A —UN—08JUL11
Return Line (right control valve to hydraulic oil cooler)
RG80575,00008CB -19-21SEP11-6/9
TX1094322A —UN—12JUL11
Return Line (hydraulic oil cooler to hydraulic oil tank)
PN=374
Hydraulic System
TX1094323A —UN—12JUL11
Hydraulic Oil
Cooler—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 75 kg
165 lb.
PN=375
Hydraulic System
TX1094324A —UN—12JUL11
20. Attach appropriate lifting device to cover. Install cover
and cap screws.
Specification
Cover—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 52 kg
115 lb.
Hydraulic Oil Cooler and O-Ring (top shown)
21. Install pipes, clamps, and cap screws.
22. Install left and right end cover cap screws. 30— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 32— Return Line Surface
31— O-Ring (2 used)
23. Install clamp and cap screws.
24. Install hoses and tighten clamps.
28. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic
25. Tighten clamps (2 and 4) on hoses (1 and 3).
Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s
26. Install engine side shields. See Engine Side Shields Manual.)
Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)
27. Install hood. See Hood Remove and Install. (Group
1910.)
RG80575,00008CB -19-21SEP11-9/9
TX1098619 —UN—23SEP11
2. Position the machine as shown. Fully retract the 3
bucket cylinder (1) and arm cylinder (2) and lower
bucket to the ground.
3. Release pressure in boom hydraulic circuit. See
Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group
3360.)
Machine Position
1— Bucket Cylinder 3— Boom Cylinder (2 used)
2— Arm Cylinder
PN=376
Hydraulic System
TX1096844A —UN—29AUG11
4— Lubrication Line 5— Shim
Lubrication Line
JD29379,0000090 -19-24SEP11-2/6
TX1096588A —UN—24AUG11
Retaining Plate
PN=377
Hydraulic System
TX1096583A —UN—24AUG11
Specification
Boom Cylinder
Pin—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 101 kg
223 lb.
Specification
Boom Cylinder—Weight
Boom Cylinder Pin
(approximate)................................................................................ 420 kg
926 lb.
3— Boom Cylinder 12— Pin
8. Lower boom cylinder rod end onto floor stand.
9. Start engine.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
10. Retract cylinder fully. (Group 9025-25.)
11. Stop engine. 14. Drain or apply vacuum to hydraulic tank. See Drain
and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and Clean Suction
12. Release pressure in boom hydraulic circuit. See Screen. (Operator's Manual.) See Apply Vacuum to
Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
3360.)
13. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
Continued on next page JD29379,0000090 -19-24SEP11-4/6
PN=378
Hydraulic System
TX1097535A —UN—07SEP11
Boom Cylinder
Pin—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 25 kg
55 lb.
18. Remove boom cylinder. Boom Cylinder Hydraulic Hoses and Pin
Specification
Boom Cylinder—Weight 13— Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 17— Boom Cylinder Pin
14— Cap Screw 18— Shim (2 used)
(approximate)................................................................................ 420 kg 15— Lock Washer 19— Spacer
926 lb. 16— Washer
PN=379
Hydraulic System
36. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil 37. Bleed air from cylinder. See Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed
Level. (Operator’s Manual.) Procedure. (Group 3360.)
JD29379,0000090 -19-24SEP11-6/6
PN=380
Hydraulic System
13
14
15
16
17
15
14
18
20 19
21
22
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
TX1096127 —UN—18AUG11
9
10
11
TX1096127
Boom Cylinder
1— Cylinder Rod 7— Backup Ring 13— Cushion Bearing 19— Nut
2— Wiper Ring 8— U-Ring 14— Slide Ring (2 used) 20— Steel Ball
3— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 9— Ring 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 21— Set Screw
used) 10— Bushing 16— Seal Ring 22— Cylinder Barrel
4— Cylinder Head 11— Retaining Ring 17— O-Ring
5— Backup Ring 12— Cushion Seal 18— Piston
6— O-Ring
PN=381
Hydraulic System
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Fully extend cylinder rod (1).
Boom Cylinder—Weight 430 kg
(approximate) 950 lb. 4. Remove socket head cap screws (3) from cylinder
Arm Cylinder Rod Assem- 221 kg head (4).
bly—Weight (approximate) 487 lb.
Arm Cylinder Barrel—Weight 182 kg IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to sliding surface of
(approximate) 401 lb. cylinder rod. Handle with care.
Arm Cylinder Rod—Weight 192 kg
(approximate) 423 lb. 5. Tap and remove cylinder head with cylinder rod
Arm Cylinder Head—Weight 29 kg together from cylinder barrel (22) using soft face
(approximate) 64 lb. hammer.
Arm Cylinder Rod—Outside 115 mm
Diameter (OD) 4.5 in.
6. Install cylinder rod to ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder
Disassembly and Assembly Device.
Nut-to-Cylinder Rod—Torque 14 200 N·m
10 500 lb.-ft. 7. Apply matching marks on cylinder rod and nut (19).
Set Screw-to-Nut—Torque 64 N·m
47 lb.-ft. 8. Cut away the crimped part (2 places) of set screw (21)
Socket Head Cap Screw-to- 1230 N·m using a hand drill.
Cylinder Head—Torque 910 lb.-ft.
9. Remove set screw and steel ball (20).
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 10. Remove nut from cylinder rod using ST3268 Cylinder
ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device Nut Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908
ST3268 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device.
ST2671 Cylinder Head Maintenance Tool
ST2970 Seal Ring Sliding Tool CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy
component. Use appropriate lifting device.
CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy
11. Remove piston (18) from cylinder rod.
component. Use appropriate lifting device.
Specification
1. Attach appropriate lifting device to cylinder and Arm Cylinder Rod
position horizontally on suitable workbench. Assembly——Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 221 kg
Specification
487 lb.
Boom Cylin-
Arm Cylinder
der——Weight (approxi-
Barrel——Weight
mate)............................................................................................. 430 kg
(approximate)................................................................................ 182 kg
950 lb.
401 lb.
2. Drain hydraulic oil from cylinder. Dispose of waste
properly.
Continued on next page TZ24494,00006EA -19-15SEP11-2/5
PN=382
Hydraulic System
12. Remove slide rings (14 and 15), seal ring (16), and
O-ring (17) from piston.
TX1096255A —UN—02SEP11
CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy
component. Use appropriate lifting device.
TX1095813 —UN—11AUG11
19. Install bushing to cylinder head using ST2671 Cylinder
Head Bushing Puller and Installer.
20. Install retaining ring (11) to cylinder head.
21. Install ring (9) to cylinder head with lip part facing
bushing side.
Cylinder Rod on V-Blocks
22. Install backup ring (7) to cylinder head.
23. Install U-ring (8) to cylinder head with lip part facing
bushing side. 25. Install O-ring (6) and backup ring (5) to cylinder head.
PN=383
Hydraulic System
26. Install O-ring (17) and seal ring (16) to piston using
ST2970 Seal Ring Sliding Tool. After installed, adjust
seal ring using ST2970 Seal Ring Sliding Tool.
27. Install slide rings (14 and 15) with their slits positioned
180° offset from each other.
TX1096255A —UN—02SEP11
28. Install cylinder head assembly to cylinder rod using
ST2671 Cylinder Head Maintenance Tool.
29. Install cushion seal to cylinder rod with slit facing
towards piston side.
30. Install cushion bearing to cylinder rod with chamfered
surface facing towards cylinder head side. Piston and Rings
31. Install piston assembly to cylinder rod.
14— Slide Ring (2 used) 17— O-Ring
32. Align matching marks made during disassembly and 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 18— Piston
install nut to cylinder rod using ST3268 Cylinder Nut 16— Seal Ring
Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908 Hydraulic
Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device.
Specification 35. Position cylinder barrel horizontally on a suitable
Nut-to-Cylinder workbench.
Rod——Torque.......................................................................14 200 N·m
10 500 lb.-ft. 36. Install cylinder rod into cylinder barrel.
33. Install ball and set screw to nut. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to rings. Handle with care.
Specification 37. Install cylinder head to cylinder barrel with socket
Set Screw-to- head cap screws.
Nut——Torque...............................................................................64 N·m
47 lb.-ft. Specification
Socket Head Cap
Screw-to-Cylinder
Head——Torque........................................................................1230 N·m
34. Crimp set screw in two places using a punch.
910 lb.-ft.
TZ24494,00006EA -19-15SEP11-5/5
PN=384
Hydraulic System
7— Wood Block
TX1097311 —UN—06SEP11
7
Wood Block
JD29379,0000091 -19-24SEP11-2/5
TX1097313A —UN—06SEP11
using caps and plugs.
11. Remove nuts (8) and cap screw (9).
PN=385
Hydraulic System
TX1097315A —UN—06SEP11
1460 lb.
Specification
Arm Cylinder
Pin—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 25 kg
55 lb.
PN=386
Hydraulic System
PN=387
Hydraulic System
TX1096059 —UN—15AUG11
Arm Cylinder
1— Cylinder Rod 7— Ring 13— Cushion Bearing 19— Nut
2— Wiper Ring 8— Bushing 14— Piston 20— Steel Ball
3— Cylinder Head 9— Retaining Ring 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 21— Set Screw
4— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 10— Backup Ring 16— Slide Ring (2 used) 22— Cylinder Barrel
used) 11— O-Ring 17— Seal Ring
5— Backup Ring 12— Cushion Seal 18— O-Ring
6— U-Ring
PN=388
Hydraulic System
SPECIFICATIONS
3. Fully extend cylinder rod (1).
Arm Cylinder—Weight 660 kg
(approximate) 1460 lb. 4. Remove socket head cap screws (4) from cylinder
Arm Cylinder Rod Assem- 325 kg head (3).
bly—Weight (approximate) 715 lb.
Arm Cylinder Barrel—Weight 275 kg IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to sliding surface of
(approximate) 605 lb. cylinder rod. Handle with care.
Arm Cylinder Rod—Weight 280 kg
(approximate) 618 lb. 5. Tap and remove cylinder head with cylinder rod
Arm Cylinder Head—Weight 44 kg together from cylinder barrel (22) using soft face
(approximate) 97 lb. hammer.
Arm Cylinder Rod—Outside 130 mm
Diameter (OD) 5.1 in.
6. Install cylinder rod to ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder
Disassembly and Assembly Device.
Nut-to-Cylinder Rod—Torque 27 300 N·m
20 100 lb.-ft. 7. Apply matching marks on cylinder rod and nut (19).
Set Screw-to-Nut—Torque 100 N·m
74 lb.-ft. 8. Cut away the crimped part (2 places) of set screw (21)
Socket Head Cap Screw-to- 1560 N·m using a hand drill.
Cylinder Head—Torque 1150 lb.-ft.
9. Remove set screw and steel ball (20).
ESSENTIAL TOOLS 10. Remove nut from cylinder rod using ST3283 Cylinder
ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device Nut Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908
ST3283 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device.
ST8023 Cylinder Head Maintenance Tool
ST2971 Seal Ring Installing Tool CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy
component. Use appropriate lifting device.
CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy
11. Remove piston (14) from cylinder rod.
component. Use appropriate lifting device.
Specification
1. Attach appropriate lifting device to cylinder and Arm Cylinder Rod
position horizontally on suitable workbench. Assembly——Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 325 kg
Specification
715 lb.
Arm Cylinder——Weight
Arm Cylinder
(approximate)................................................................................ 660 kg
Barrel——Weight
1460 lb.
(approximate)................................................................................ 275 kg
2. Drain hydraulic oil from cylinder. Dispose of waste 605 lb.
properly.
Continued on next page TZ24494,000067F -19-13SEP11-2/5
PN=389
Hydraulic System
12. Remove slide rings (15 and 16), seal ring (17), and
O-ring (18) from piston.
TX1096064A —UN—02SEP11
CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy
component. Use appropriate lifting device.
TX1095813 —UN—11AUG11
19. Install bushing to cylinder head using ST8023 Cylinder
Head Maintenance Tool.
20. Install retaining ring (9) to cylinder head.
21. Install ring (7) to cylinder head with lip part facing
bushing side.
Cylinder Rod on V-Blocks
22. Install backup ring (5) to cylinder head.
23. Install U-ring (6) to cylinder head with lip part facing
bushing side. 25. Install O-ring (11) and backup ring (10) to cylinder head.
PN=390
Hydraulic System
26. Install O-ring (18) and seal ring (17) to piston using
ST2971 Seal Ring Installing Tool. After installed,
adjust seal ring using ST2971 Seal Ring Installing Tool.
27. Install slide rings (15 and 16) with their slits positioned
180° offset from each other.
TX1096064A —UN—02SEP11
28. Install cylinder head assembly to cylinder rod using
ST8023 Cylinder Head Maintenance Tool.
29. Install cushion seal to cylinder rod with slit facing
towards piston side.
30. Install cushion bearing to cylinder rod with chamfered
surface facing towards cylinder head side. Piston and Rings
31. Install piston assembly to cylinder rod.
14— Piston 17— Seal Ring
32. Align matching marks made during disassembly and 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 18— O-Ring
install nut to cylinder rod using ST3283 Cylinder Nut 16— Slide Ring (2 used)
Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908 Hydraulic
Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device.
Specification 35. Position cylinder barrel horizontally on a suitable
Nut-to-Cylinder workbench.
Rod——Torque.......................................................................27 300 N·m
20 100 lb.-ft. 36. Install cylinder rod into cylinder barrel.
33. Install ball and set screw to nut. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to rings. Handle with care.
Specification 37. Install cylinder head to cylinder barrel with socket
Set Screw-to- head cap screws.
Nut——Torque.............................................................................100 N·m
74 lb.-ft. Specification
Socket Head Cap
Screw-to-Cylinder
Head——Torque........................................................................1560 N·m
34. Crimp set screw in two places using a punch.
1150 lb.-ft.
TZ24494,000067F -19-13SEP11-5/5
TX1098619 —UN—23SEP11
bucket cylinder (1) and arm cylinder (2) and lower
bucket to the ground. 3
3. Stop engine.
4. Release pressure in boom hydraulic circuit. See
Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure. (Group
3360.)
5. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing Machine Position
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. 1— Bucket Cylinder 3— Boom Cylinder (2 used)
(Group 9025-25.) 2— Arm Cylinder
PN=391
Hydraulic System
4— Wood Block
TX1097331 —UN—07SEP11
Wood Block
JD29379,0000092 -19-24SEP11-2/4
TX1097611A —UN—08SEP11
5— Nut (2 used) 7— Bucket Cylinder Pin
PN=392
Hydraulic System
TX1097613A —UN—08SEP11
Specification
Bucket Cylinder—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 410 kg
905 lb.
24. Connect hydraulic hoses and install cap screws. 30. Grease arm cylinder pin joints. See Lubricate Front
Tighten to specification. End Pin Joints. (Operator's Manual.)
JD29379,0000092 -19-24SEP11-4/4
PN=393
Hydraulic System
12
13
14
15
16
1 17
15
14
19
20 18
21
5
6
7
8
9
10
TX1095764 —UN—12AUG11
11
TX1095764
Bucket Cylinder
1— Cylinder Rod 7— Ring 13— Piston 19— Steel Ball
2— Wiper Ring 8— Bushing 14— Slide Ring (2 used) 20— Set Screw
3— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 9— Retaining Ring 15— Slide Ring (2 used) 21— Cylinder Barrel
used) 10— Backup Ring 16— Seal Ring
4— Cylinder Head 11— O-Ring 17— O-Ring
5— Backup Ring 12— Cushion Bearing 18— Nut
6— U-Ring
PN=394
Hydraulic System
SPECIFICATIONS
4. Remove socket head cap screws (3) from cylinder
Bucket Cylinder—Weight 410 kg
(approximate) 905 lb.
head (4).
Bucket Cylinder Rod—Weight 207 kg IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to sliding surface of
(approximate) 456 lb. cylinder rod. Handle with care.
Bucket Cylinder Barrel—Weight 231 kg
(approximate) 509 lb. 5. Tap and remove cylinder head with cylinder rod
Bucket Cylinder Rod—Outside 120 mm together from cylinder barrel (21) using soft face
Diameter (OD) 4.7 in. hammer.
Nut-to-Cylinder Rod—Torque 20 900 N·m
15 400 lb.-ft. 6. Install cylinder rod to ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder
Set Screw-to-Nut—Torque 100 N·m Disassembly and Assembly Device.
74 lb.-ft.
7. Apply matching marks on cylinder rod and nut (18).
Socket Head Cap Screw-to- 1140 N·m
Cylinder Head—Torque 840 lb.-ft. 8. Cut away the crimped part (2 places) of set screw (20)
using a hand drill.
ESSENTIAL TOOLS
ST5908 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device 9. Remove set screw and steel ball (19).
ST3276 Cylinder Nut Removal and Installation Tool 10. Remove nut from cylinder rod using ST3276 Cylinder
ST8036 Cylinder Head Maintenance Tool Nut Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908
ST2970 Seal Ring Installing Tool Hydraulic Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device.
ST2810 Cylinder Head Inserting Guide
CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy
CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
component. Use appropriate lifting device.
11. Remove piston (13) from cylinder rod.
1. Attach appropriate lifting device to cylinder and Specification
position horizontally on suitable workbench. Bucket Cylinder
Specification Rod——Weight
Bucket Cylin- (approximate)................................................................................ 207 kg
der——Weight (approxi- 456 lb.
mate)............................................................................................. 410 kg Bucket Cylinder
905 lb. Barrel——Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 231 kg
2. Drain hydraulic oil from cylinder. Dispose of waste 509 lb.
properly.
3. Fully extend cylinder rod (1).
Continued on next page TZ24494,00006DC -19-15SEP11-2/5
PN=395
Hydraulic System
12. Remove slide rings (14 and 15), seal ring (16), and
O-ring (17) from piston.
TX1095814A —UN—02SEP11
13. Remove cushion bearing (12) and cylinder head from
cylinder rod.
14. Remove O-ring (11), backup ring (10), wiper ring (2),
retaining ring (9), ring (7), U-ring (6), and backup ring
(5) from cylinder head.
15. Remove bushing (8) from cylinder head by using
ST8036 Cylinder Head Maintenance Tool. Piston and Rings
17. Inspect seals and bushings on both rod end and head
end of cylinder for wear and damage. See Inspect
TZ24494,00006DC -19-15SEP11-3/5
TX1095813 —UN—11AUG11
19. Install bushing to cylinder head using ST8036 Cylinder
Head Maintenance Tool.
20. Install retaining ring (9) to cylinder head.
21. Install ring (7) to cylinder head with lip part facing
bushing side.
Cylinder Rod on V-Blocks
22. Install backup ring (5) to cylinder head.
23. Install U-ring (6) to cylinder head with lip part facing
bushing side. 25. Install O-ring (11) and backup ring (10) to cylinder
head (4).
24. Install wiper ring to cylinder head using ST8036
Cylinder Head Maintenance Tool and soft face
hammer.
Continued on next page TZ24494,00006DC -19-15SEP11-4/5
PN=396
Hydraulic System
26. Install O-ring (17) and seal ring (16) to piston using
ST2970 Seal Ring Installing Tool. After installed,
adjust seal ring using ST2970 Seal Ring Installing Tool.
27. Install slide rings (14 and 15) with their slits positioned
180° offset from each other.
TX1095814A —UN—02SEP11
28. Install cylinder head assembly to cylinder rod using
ST2810 Cylinder Head Inserting Guide.
29. Install cushion bearing to cylinder rod with chamfered
surface facing towards cylinder head side.
30. Install piston assembly to cylinder rod.
31. Align matching marks made during disassembly and Piston and Rings
install nut to cylinder rod using ST3276 Cylinder Nut
Removal and Installation Tool and ST5908 Hydraulic 13— Piston 16— Seal Ring
Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly Device. 14— Slide Ring (2 used) 17— O-Ring
15— Slide Ring (2 used)
Specification
Nut-to-Cylinder
Rod——Torque.......................................................................20 900 N·m
15 400 lb.-ft. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to rings. Handle with care.
32. Install ball and set screw to nut. 35. Install cylinder head to cylinder barrel with socket
Specification head cap screws.
Set Screw-to- Specification
Nut——Torque.............................................................................100 N·m Socket Head Cap
74 lb.-ft. Screw-to-Cylinder
Head——Torque........................................................................ 1140 N·m
840 lb.-ft.
33. Crimp set screw in two places using a punch.
34. Position cylinder barrel horizontally on a suitable
workbench.
TZ24494,00006DC -19-15SEP11-5/5
TX1097854A —UN—14SEP11
2. Remove counterweight. See Counterweight Removal
With Hydraulic Removal Option—If Equipped.
(Operator’s Manual.)
3. Lower counterweight removal device and support with
an appropriate device.
4. Disconnect battery negative (-) cable.
Counterweight Shutoff Valve
5. Close counterweight shutoff valve (1).
1— Counterweight Shutoff
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from high Valve
pressure fluid. High pressure release of oil from
pressurized system can cause serious burns
or penetrating injury. Relieve pressure from 6. Relieve hydraulic circuit pressure at counterweight
hydraulic system before servicing. control valve.
Continued on next page MM16284,000116E -19-16SEP11-1/4
PN=397
Hydraulic System
TX1097862A —UN—14SEP11
Specification
Counterweight
Cylinder—Weight.......................................................................... 506 kg
230 lb.
MM16284,000116E -19-16SEP11-2/4
TX1097864A —UN—14SEP11
TX1097865A —UN—14SEP11
PN=398
Hydraulic System
TX1097866A —UN—15SEP11
16. Install counterweight cylinder.
17. Install cylinder retaining pin.
18. Install lock plate with cap screws.
19. Install cylinder retaining pin, snap ring pin, and snap
ring.
20. Connect hydraulic hoses. Counterweight Cylinder Lock Plate
21. Connect counterweight cylinder pressure sensor.
7— Cap Screw (2 used) 8— Lock Plate
22. Open counterweight shutoff valve.
23. Connect battery negative (-) cable.
25. Operate machine and check for leaks.
24. Install counterweight. See Counterweight Installation
With Hydraulic Removal Option—If Equipped.
(Operator’s Manual.)
MM16284,000116E -19-16SEP11-4/4
PN=399
Hydraulic System
TX1097873A —UN—14SEP11
Cylinder Remove and Install—If Equipped. (Group
3360.)
PN=400
Section 43
Swing System
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 4350
Mechanical Drive Elements
Swing Gear Case Remove and Install 2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
Swing Gear Case Left Remove and Install pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and (Group 9025-25.)
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)
13
8 12
11
10
6
5 17
14
4
15
16
TX1093648 —UN—22JUN11
3
18
TX1093648
Right and Left Swing Gear Case
PN=403
Mechanical Drive Elements
3— Swing Gear Case Right 7— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing 11— Left Control Valve 15— Swing Gear Case Left
4— Swing Motor Right Park Brake Release Pilot (5-spool) Bypass Shutoff 16— Cap Screw (26 used)
5— Swing Gear Case Drain Hose Valve-to-Swing Motor Right Valve-to-Swing Motor Left 17— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing
(right) Line Hose Park Brake Release Pilot
6— Swing Gear Case Drain Hose 8— Left Control Valve 12— Left Control Valve Valve-to-Swing Motor Left
(left) (5-spool) Bypass Shutoff (5-spool)-to-Swing Motor Line
Valve-to-Swing Motor Right Left Hose (2 used) 18— Cap Screw (26 used)
Hose 13— Swing Motor Left-to-
9— Left Control Valve Hydraulic Oil Tank Hose
(5-spool)-to-Swing Motor 14— Swing Motor Left
Right Hose (2 used)
10— Swing Motor Right-to-
Hydraulic Oil Tank Hose
6. Inspect and repair as necessary. See Swing Gear 13. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic
Case Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 4350.) Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator's
Manual.)
7. Apply PM38656 Threadlocker (high strength) to
mating surfaces of swing gear case housing and IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pump will be damaged if not
upperstructure. filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be
performed to fill pump housing whenever oil has
been drained from the pump or hydraulic oil tank.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 14. Perform pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure. See Pump
1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)
8. Install swing motor left (14).
Specification
Swing Gear Case
Left—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 264 kg
581 lb.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000280 -19-07SEP11-2/4
PN=404
Mechanical Drive Elements
Swing Gear Case Right Remove and Install See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.
13
8 12
11
10
6
5 17
14
4
15
16
TX1093648 —UN—22JUN11
3
18
TX1093648
Right and Left Swing Gear Case
PN=405
Mechanical Drive Elements
3— Swing Gear Case Right 7— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing 11— Left Control Valve 15— Swing Gear Case Left
4— Swing Motor Right Park Brake Release Pilot (5-spool) Bypass Shutoff 16— Cap Screw (26 used)
5— Swing Gear Case Drain Hose Valve-to-Swing Motor Right Valve-to-Swing Motor Left 17— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing
(right) Line Hose Park Brake Release Pilot
6— Swing Gear Case Drain Hose 8— Left Control Valve 12— Left Control Valve Valve-to-Swing Motor Left
(left) (5-spool) Bypass Shutoff (5-spool)-to-Swing Motor Line
Valve-to-Swing Motor Right Left Hose (2 used) 18— Cap Screw (26 used)
Hose 13— Swing Motor Left-to-
9— Left Control Valve Hydraulic Oil Tank Hose
(5-spool)-to-Swing Motor 14— Swing Motor Left
Right Hose (2 used)
10— Swing Motor Right-to-
Hydraulic Oil Tank Hose
5. Inspect and repair as necessary. See Swing Gear 12. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic
Case Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 4350.) Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator's
Manual.)
6. Apply PM38656 Threadlocker (high strength) to
mating surfaces of swing gear case housing and IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pump will be damaged if not
upperstructure. filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be
performed to fill pump housing whenever oil has
been drained from the pump or hydraulic oil tank.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 13. Perform pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure. See Pump
1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)
7. Install swing motor right (4).
Specification
Swing Gear Case
Right—Weight
(approximate)................................................................................ 264 kg
581 lb.
RH60123,0000280 -19-07SEP11-4/4
PN=406
Mechanical Drive Elements
TX1009843 —UN—21JUL06
PN=407
Mechanical Drive Elements
1— Swing Motor 10— Cap Screw (2 used) 20— Planetary Gear (3 used) 29— Oil Seal
2— Cap Screw (8 used) 11— Lock Plate 21— Needle Bearing (3 used) 30— Tapered Roller Bearing
3— Ring Gear 12— Bearing Nut 22— Spring Pin (3 used) 31— Screw (4 used)
4— Sun Gear 13— Tapered Roller Bearing 23— Pin (3 used) 32— Magnet (4 used)
5— Thrust Plate 14— Thrust Plate (3 used) 24— Cap Screw (12 used) 33— Sleeve
6— Planetary Pinion Carrier 15— Planetary Gear (3 used) 25— Drain Plug 34— O-Ring
7— Sun Gear 17— Spring Pin (3 used) 26— Drain Valve 35— Shaft
8— Thrust Plate 18— Pin (3 used) 27— Housing
9— Planetary Pinion Carrier 19— Thrust Plate (3 used) 28— Cork (2 used)
1. Attach ST5101 Bracket using M22 cap screws to 8. Remove the planetary pinion carrier (9) from shaft (35).
swing gear case.
Specification
2. Remove drain plug (25). Rotate drain valve (26) to Planetary Pinion
drain oil from swing gear case. Carrier—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg
51 lb.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 9. Remove spring pins (22) from planetary pinion carrier
(6).
3. Remove cap screws (2) to remove swing motor (1)
from ring gear (3). 10. Remove pins (23), planetary gears (20), needle
bearings (21), and thrust plates (19) from planetary
Specification pinion carrier (6).
Swing Motor—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 50 kg 11. Remove thrust plate (5) from planetary pinion carrier
110 lb. (6).
4. Remove sun gear (4) from planetary pinion carrier (6). 12. Remove planetary pinion carrier (9).
5. Remove planetary pinion carrier (6) from ring gear (3). 13. Remove spring pins (17) from planetary pinion carrier
(9).
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from NOTE: The second stage carrier does not use
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. needle bearings.
6. Remove cap screws (24) to remove ring gear from 14. Remove pins (18), planetary gears (15) and thrust
housing (27). plates (14) from planetary pinion carrier (9).
Specification
15. Remove cap screws (10). Remove lock plate (11)
Ring Gear—Weight
from bearing nut (12).
(approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg
50 lb.
PN=408
Mechanical Drive Elements
TX1009853 —UN—17JUL06
Specification
Shaft—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 50 kg
110 lb.
PN=409
Mechanical Drive Elements
TX1009843 —UN—21JUL06
PN=410
Mechanical Drive Elements
1— Swing Motor 10— Cap Screw (2 used) 20— Planetary Gear (3 used) 29— Oil Seal
2— Cap Screw (8 used) 11— Lock Plate 21— Needle Bearing (3 used) 30— Tapered Roller Bearing
3— Ring Gear 12— Bearing Nut 22— Spring Pin (3 used) 31— Screw (4 used)
4— Sun Gear 13— Tapered Roller Bearing 23— Pin (3 used) 32— Magnet (4 used)
5— Thrust Plate 14— Thrust Plate (3 used) 24— Cap Screw (12 used) 33— Sleeve
6— Planetary Pinion Carrier 15— Planetary Gear (3 used) 25— Drain Plug 34— O-Ring
7— Sun Gear 17— Spring Pin (3 used) 26— Drain Valve 35— Shaft
8— Thrust Plate 18— Pin (3 used) 27— Housing
9— Planetary Pinion Carrier 19— Thrust Plate (3 used) 28— Cork (2 used)
3. Install sleeve and cone of tapered roller bearing (30) 13. Apply grease to threads of bearing nut (12).
to shaft (35) using ST 7295 Bearing Pusher. Install bearing nut to shaft (35).
4. Install cup of tapered roller bearing (30) to housing (27). Tighten bearing nut using either DFT1220 Swing
5. Apply PM38654 Thread Lock and Sealer (high Gear Case Nut Spanner Wrench or ST 2926 Spanner
strength) to outside diameter of oil seal (29) and Wrench.
multipurpose grease to lip of seal. To make DFT1220 Swing Gear Case Nut Spanner
Install oil seal into housing (27) with the lip of seal Wrench tool, see DFT1220 Swing Gear Case Nut
facing the motor side of housing using ST 7300 and Spanner Wrench. (Group 9900.)
ST 7296 Seal Install Tools. Specification
Bearing Nut—Torque...................................................................490 N·m
6. Install the cup of tapered roller bearing (13) to housing. 360 lb.-ft.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 14. Apply PM38654 Thread Lock and Sealer (high
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. strength) to the threads of cap screws (10). Install lock
plate (11) to bearing nut (12) with cap screws. Torque
7. Lift and install housing onto shaft (35). cap screws to specification.
Specification Specification
Housing—Weight Lock Plate Cap
(approximate).................................................................................. 70 kg Screws—Torque............................................................................50 N·m
130 lb. 37 lb.-ft.
8. Install cone of tapered roller bearing (13) to shaft. Tap 15. Install thrust plate (8) to planetary pinion carrier (9)
the cone until two threads of shaft (35) for bearing nut with the oil groove facing to sun gear (7).
(12) appear. 16. Apply grease onto the upper and lower sides of
9. Install bearing nut to shaft to prevent shaft from falling planetary gears (15). Install thrust plates (14) so the
out. oil grooves face the planetary gear. Install planetary
gears and thrust plates to planetary pinion carrier (9).
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from 17. Install pins (18).
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
PN=411
Mechanical Drive Elements
18. Install spring pin (17) so the slit (39) in spring pin is
to the end of the pin.
19. Install spring pins (17) into the holes of planetary
pinion carrier (9).
20. Install thrust plate (5) to planetary pinion carrier (6)
TX1009831 —UN—17JUL06
with the oil groove to sun gear (4).
21. Install needle bearings (21) to planetary gears (20).
22. Install planetary gears (20), thrust plates (19), pins
(23) and spring pins (22) to planetary pinion carrier (6).
25. Apply PM38654 Thread Lock and Sealer (high 31. Add gear oil to swing gear case. See Drain and Refill
strength) to mating surfaces of ring gear (3) and Swing Gear Case Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
housing (27).
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.
32. Apply PM38655 Flexible Form-in-Place Gasket to ring
26. Install ring gear to housing. Torque cap screws (24) gear (3) and swing motor (1) mating surfaces. Install
to specification. swing motor to swing gear case.
Specification Specification
Ring Gear—Weight Swing Motor—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg (approximate).................................................................................. 50 kg
50 lb. 110 lb.
Specification 33. Apply PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer (medium
Ring Gear-to-Housing strength) to cap screws (2) and torque to specification.
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................205 N·m
150 lb.-ft. Specification
Swing Motor-to-
27. Install the planetary pinion carrier (6) to the sun gear Ring Gear Cap
(7). Screw—Torque..............................................................................88 N·m
65 lb.-ft.
28. Install sun gear (4) to planetary pinion carrier (6) with
the stepped side facing downward towards the thrust
plate (5).
34. Remove swing gear case from ST5101 Bracket.
29. Install drain valve (26) to housing (27). Place the
handle in the closed position.
RH60123,0000281 -19-01SEP11-7/7
PN=412
Mechanical Drive Elements
Swing Gear Case Start-Up Procedure 1. Check that drain line plug is installed.
IMPORTANT: Swing gear case will be damaged if not 2. Remove fill cap and add oil. See Swing Gear Case
filled with oil before operating swing function. and Travel Gear Case Oils. (Operator's Manual.)
Procedure must be performed whenever a
new swing gear case is installed or oil has 3. Install fill cap. Check oil level on dipstick. See Check
been drained from the gearbox. Swing Gear Case Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)
RH60123,0000282 -19-21SEP11-1/1
TX1009964 —UN—17JUL06
Install. (Group 3340.)
3. Remove boom from upperstructure. See Boom
Remove and Install. (Group 3340.)
1 2 3 4
4. Remove counterweight from upperstructure. See
Counterweight Remove and Install. (Group 1749.)
5. Remove cab from upperstructure. See Cab Remove
and Install. (Group 1800.) Swing Bearing-to-Upperstructure Cap Screws
6. Remove center joint. See Center Joint Remove and 1— Upperstructure 3— Cap Screw (29 used)
Install. (Group 4360.) 2— Swing Bearing 4— Cap Screw (7 used)
PN=413
Mechanical Drive Elements
TX1009979 —UN—17JUL06
longer cap screws (4) at the same location from which
they were removed. Install remaining cap screws.
Torque cap screws to specification.
Specification
Cap Screw—Torque..................................................................1950 N·m
1440 lb.-ft.
15. Install center joint. See Center Joint Remove and Swing Bearing-to-Upperstructure Cap Screw Locations
Install. (Group 4360.)
16. Install cab to upperstructure. See Cab Remove and 3— Cap Screw (29 used) 5— Doll Pin Hole (2 used)
Install. (Group 1800.) 4— Cap Screw (7 used)
PN=414
Mechanical Drive Elements
11 1 7
4
9 12
12 5
13
7 1
TX1009361 —UN—25JUL06
10
14
13
TX1009361
Swing Bearing Lubrication Lines
1— Clamp (2 used) 7— Lock Washer (2 used) 10— Lubrication Line 13— Elbow Fitting (2 used)
4— Lubrication Fitting 8— Cap Screw (2 used) 11— Lubrication Line 14— Swing Bearing
5— Manifold 9— Cap Screw 12— Adapter Fitting (2 used)
PN=415
Mechanical Drive Elements
TX1095358 —UN—02AUG11
JT01748 Lifting Brackets
14— Swing Bearing 15— JT01748 Lifting Bracket (3 16— Cap Screw (40 used)
used)
PN=416
Mechanical Drive Elements
TX1095359A —UN—01AUG11
part of swing bearing is minimized.
PN=417
Mechanical Drive Elements
TX1095360 —UN—01AUG11
TX1095360
Swing Bearing Exploded View
1— Inner Bearing Race 3— Upper Seal 5— Support (86 used)
2— Outer Bearing Race 4— Ball Bearing (86 used) 6— Lower Seal
PN=418
Mechanical Drive Elements
2. Grind tack weld (7) or crimp off of top of taper pin (8).
3. Drive taper pin out from the bottom side of swing
bearing.
4. Remove loading plug (9) using a M10 x 1.5 pitch cap
screw.
TX1095361 —UN—02AUG11
Swing Bearing Cut-Away
RH60123,0000285 -19-21SEP11-2/4
TX1095362 —UN—01AUG11
Ball Bearing
Continued on next page RH60123,0000285 -19-21SEP11-3/4
PN=419
Mechanical Drive Elements
TX1095363 —UN—01AUG11
13. Tack weld head of taper pin to outer bearing or crimp
the head of taper pin using a punch.
14. Add grease to swing bearing through lubrication
fittings. See Lubricate Swing Bearing Gear.
(Operator's Manual.)
Support
5— Support (86 used)
RH60123,0000285 -19-21SEP11-4/4
TX1094140A —UN—29JUN11
3. Scrape old adhesive from seal groove. Clean seal
groove using PM37509 Cure Primer.
4. Apply PM37391 Gel Super Glue sparingly to seal
groove.
5. Install seal with seal lip against outer race. Start about
76 mm (3 in.) from end of seal using blunt instrument
Upper Seal
to force seal into groove. Push seal in direction of
portion already installed to avoid stretching seal.
1— Upper Seal
6. Before bringing ends of seal together, cut off excess
length.
7. Apply PM37391 Gel Super Glue to both ends of seal. 8. Let adhesive cure for at least 24 hours before using
Push ends into seal groove making sure they come swing function.
together. 9. Install upperstructure. See Upperstructure Remove
IMPORTANT: To avoid pulling seal out of groove, and Install. (Group 4350.)
adhesive must cure for at least 24 hours
before using swing function.
RH60123,0000286 -19-01AUG11-1/1
PN=420
Mechanical Drive Elements
TX1094141 —UN—14JUL11
show lower seal in groove.
2
1. Remove old seal (1).
2. Scrape old adhesive from seal groove (2). Clean seal
groove using PM37509 Cure Primer.
1
3. Apply PM37391 Gel Super Glue sparingly to seal
groove. Swing Bearing Lower Seal
4. Install seal with seal lip against outer race. Start about
76 mm (3 in.) from end of seal using blunt instrument 1— Seal 2— Seal Groove
to force seal into groove. Push seal in direction of
portion already installed to avoid stretching seal.
6. Apply PM37391 Gel Super Glue to both ends of seal.
5. Before bringing ends of seal together, cut off excess Push ends into seal groove making sure they come
length. together.
IMPORTANT: To avoid pulling seal out of groove, 7. Install upperstructure. See Upperstructure Remove
adhesive must cure for at least 24 hours and Install. (Group 4350.)
before using swing function.
RH60123,0000287 -19-01AUG11-1/1
PN=421
Mechanical Drive Elements
PN=422
Group 4360
Hydraulic System
Center Joint Remove and Install Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) or see
Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and
Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) Specification
Hydraulic Oil
2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing Tank—Capacity
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. (approximate).................................................................................. 310 L
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. 82 gal.
(Group 9025-25.)
3. Drain hydraulic oil tank or apply vacuum to hydraulic
oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and
3
4
5 6
11
4 7
8
10
TX1093672 —UN—21JUN11
9
TX1093672
Center Joint
3— Stop Bracket 6— Left Control Valve 9— Solenoid Manifold-to-Center
4— Cap Screw (2 used) (5-spool)-to-Center Joint Joint Hose
5— Center Joint Hose (left travel forward) 10— Right Control Valve
7— Left Control Valve (4-spool)-to-Center Joint
(5-spool)-to-Center Joint Hose (right travel forward)
Hose (left travel reverse) 11— Right Control Valve
8— Center Joint-to-Hydraulic Oil (4-spool)-to-Center Joint
Tank Hose Hose (right travel reverse)
4. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic 5. Remove cap screws (4) and remove stop bracket (3).
hoses (6—11). Close all openings using caps and
plugs.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000288 -19-13SEP11-1/2
PN=423
Hydraulic System
5
16
15 17
14 18
19
13
TX1093673 —UN—21JUN11
12 20
TX1093673
Center Joint
5— Center Joint 14— Center Joint-to-Left Travel 17— Center Joint-to-Right Travel 20— Center Joint-to-Right Travel
12— Center Joint-to-Left Travel Device Hose (travel speed Device Hose (travel speed Device Hose (drain)
Device Hose (drain) change) change)
13— Center Joint-to-Left Travel 15— Center Joint-to-Left Travel 18— Center Joint-to-Right Travel
Device Hose (left travel Device Hose (left travel Device Hose (right travel
reverse) forward) forward)
16— Cap Screw (4 used) 19— Center Joint-to-Right Travel
Device Hose (right travel
reverse)
PN=424
Hydraulic System
PN=425
Hydraulic System
6
8
6
9
6
10
6
6
11
6
12
TX1009610 —UN—14JUL06
TX1009610
Center Joint Exploded View
PN=426
Hydraulic System
6. Remove the body from the spindle (2) using ST1033 12. Inspect cover (11) sliding surface with ring (8). If worn
Plate and ST1020 Puller Screw. or scored, and damage is less than specification,
repair. If worn or scored more than specification,
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from replace.
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Specification
Cover to Ring
7. Tighten center bolt of puller to remove body from Wear—Depth................................................................................ 0.5 mm
spindle. 0.02 in.
Specification
13. Replace bushing (5) if damaged or wear over
Spindle—Weight
specification is found within 180° of bushing.
(approximate).................................................................................. 22 kg
50 lb. Specification
Body—Weight Bushing Wear—Thick-
(approximate).................................................................................. 29 kg ness.............................................................................................. 0.2 mm
60 lb. 0.008 in.
8. Remove oil seals (6) from body. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage
from weld spatter. Cover the seal surface
9. Remove dust seal (3) and O-ring (4) from body. when welding.
10. Inspect body and spindle for wear and damage.
Remove bushing by welding on bushing inner
Sliding surfaces with seals that are heavily damaged diameter in four places at 90°. Let bushing cool and
by seizure or foreign matter should be replaced. shrink, remove from body.
Continued on next page RH60123,0000289 -19-24AUG11-2/4
PN=427
Hydraulic System
6
8
6
9
6
10
6
6
11
6
12
TX1009610 —UN—14JUL06
TX1009610
Center Joint Exploded View
1— Plug 4— O-Ring 7— Body 10— O-Ring
2— Spindle 5— Bushing 8— Ring 11— Cover
3— Dust Seal 6— Oil Seal (6 used) 9— Snap Ring 12— Cap Screw (4 used)
Continued on next page RH60123,0000289 -19-24AUG11-3/4
PN=428
Hydraulic System
14. Clean body and new bushing. Apply grease to body Body—Weight
and new bushing. (approximate).................................................................................. 29 kg
60 lb.
15. Install bushing into body using the ST2670 Pushing
Tool or disks from JT01800 Bushing, Bearing, and 19. Install the body onto spindle by tapping the
Seal Driver Set and a press. circumference of body evenly.
16. Install dust seal and O-ring (4). 20. Install snap ring to spindle.
Apply grease to lip of dust seal and O-ring in body. 21. Install O-ring (10) to body.
17. Install oil seals to body. 22. Install cover to body.
23. Tighten cap screws (12) to specification.
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from
heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Specification
Cover to Body Cap
18. Place spindle upside down. Screws—Torque............................................................................88 N·m
65 lb-ft
Install two M12 x 1.75 mm eyebolts into the body.
24. Install center joint. See Center Joint Remove and
Specification Install. (Group 4360.)
Spindle—Weight
(approximate).................................................................................. 22 kg
50 lb.
RH60123,0000289 -19-24AUG11-4/4
T6557JB —UN—01NOV88
3. Listen for air leaks at ports on either side of pressurized
port.
4. If center joint fails air test, see Center Joint
Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 4360.)
RH60123,000028A -19-01AUG11-1/1
PN=429
Hydraulic System
Swing Motor and Park Brake Remove and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) or see
Install Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
Specification
Swing Motor and Park Brake Left Remove and Install
Hydraulic Oil
1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing Tank—Capacity
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. (approximate).................................................................................. 310 L
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. 82 gal.
(Group 9025-25.)
2. Drain hydraulic oil tank or apply vacuum to hydraulic
oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and
12
7 11
10
5 8
9
13
4
14
3
TX1094066 —UN—28JUN11
TX1094066
Swing Motor and Park Brake Left and Swing Motor and Park Brake Right
PN=430
Hydraulic System
3— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 6— Left Control Valve 9— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing 12— Swing Motor Left-to-
used) (5-spool)-to-Swing Motor Park Brake Release Pilot Hydraulic Oil Tank Hose
4— Swing Motor and Park Brake Right Hose (2 used) Valve-to-Swing Motor Left 13— Swing Motor and Park Brake
Right 7— Left Control Valve Line Left
5— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing (5-spool) Bypass Shutoff 10— Left Control Valve 14— Socket Head Cap Screw (8
Park Brake Release Pilot Valve-to-Swing Motor Right (5-spool) Bypass Shutoff used)
Valve-to-Swing Motor Right Hose Valve-to-Swing Motor Left
Line 8— Swing Motor Right-to- Hose
Hydraulic Oil Tank Hose 11— Left Control Valve
(5-spool)-to-Swing Motor
Left Hose (2 used)
Specification 10. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic
Swing Motor and Park Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator's
Brake Left—Weight Manual.)
(approximate).................................................................................. 60 kg
IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pump will be damaged if not
132 lb.
filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be
5. Inspect and repair as necessary. See Swing Motor performed to fill pump housing whenever oil has
and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble. (Group been drained from the pump or hydraulic oil tank.
4360.)
11. Perform pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure. Perform
6. Install swing motor and park brake left. Torque cap Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)
screws to specification.
12. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil
Specification Level. (Operator's Manual.)
Swing Motor and Park
Brake Cover-to-Housing
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................90 N·m
66 lb.-ft.
Continued on next page RH60123,000028B -19-13SEP11-2/4
PN=431
Hydraulic System
Swing Motor and Park Brake Right Remove and Install Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) or see
Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pressing
pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. Specification
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure. Hydraulic Oil
(Group 9025-25.) Tank—Capacity
(approximate).................................................................................. 310 L
2. Drain hydraulic oil tank or apply vacuum to hydraulic 82 gal.
oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and
12
7 11
10
5 8
9
13
4
14
3
TX1094066 —UN—28JUN11
TX1094066
Swing Motor and Park Brake Left and Swing Motor and Park Brake Right
PN=432
Hydraulic System
3— Socket Head Cap Screw (8 6— Left Control Valve 9— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing 12— Swing Motor Left-to-
used) (5-spool)-to-Swing Motor Park Brake Release Pilot Hydraulic Oil Tank Hose
4— Swing Motor and Park Brake Right Hose (2 used) Valve-to-Swing Motor Left 13— Swing Motor and Park Brake
Right 7— Left Control Valve Line Left
5— Pilot Signal Manifold Swing (5-spool) Bypass Shutoff 10— Left Control Valve 14— Socket Head Cap Screw (8
Park Brake Release Pilot Valve-to-Swing Motor Right (5-spool) Bypass Shutoff used)
Valve-to-Swing Motor Right Hose Valve-to-Swing Motor Left
Line 8— Swing Motor Right-to- Hose
Hydraulic Oil Tank Hose 11— Left Control Valve
(5-spool)-to-Swing Motor
Left Hose (2 used)
4. Remove cap screws (3) and remove swing motor and 9. Perform swing motor and park brake start-up
park brake right (4). procedure. See Swing Motor and Park Brake Start-Up
Procedure. (Group 4360.)
Specification
Swing Motor and Park 10. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic
Brake Right —Weight Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator's
(approximate).................................................................................. 60 kg Manual.)
132 lb.
IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pump will be damaged if not
5. Inspect and repair as necessary. See Swing Motor filled with oil before starting. Procedure must be
and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble. (Group performed to fill pump housing whenever oil has
4360.) been drained from the pump or hydraulic oil tank.
6. Install swing motor and park brake right. Torque cap 11. Perform pump 1 and 2 start-up procedure. Perform
screws to specification. Pump 1 and 2 Start-Up Procedure. (Group 3360.)
Specification 12. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil
Swing Motor and Park Level. (Operator's Manual.)
Brake Cover-to-Housing
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................90 N·m
66 lb.-ft.
RH60123,000028B -19-13SEP11-4/4
PN=433
Hydraulic System
10
10
8
7
6
11
5
4
3 12
1 15 16 14
2 13
17 19
18
18
21 17
16
15
28
29 22
33 30 20
23
31
24
32 25
26
27
T142065 —UN—22JUN01
T142065
Swing Motor
PN=434
Hydraulic System
6. Remove brake piston (25) using ST1468 Extracting 16. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
Tool.
Continued on next page RH60123,000028C -19-24AUG11-2/6
PN=435
Hydraulic System
T142067 —UN—22JUN01
Plunger and Bore
PN=436
Hydraulic System
T142069 —UN—22JUN01
Plunger and Shoe
RH60123,000028C -19-24AUG11-4/6
T142072 —UN—22JUN01
Shoe Thickness
PN=437
Hydraulic System
T142073 —UN—22JUN01
23. Install cup of bearing (3) to case.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible oil seal damage. Wrap
tape around shaft splines during installation.
28. Install the plungers (6) to rotor (9). 39. Install poppet (18), spring (17), and plugs (15). Torque
plugs with O-rings (16) attached to specification.
29. Install the rotor to shaft.
Specification
30. Starting with a plate (10), alternately install plates and Poppet Plug—Torque..................................................................340 N·m
friction plates (11) to case and rotor (9) aligning the 251 lb.-ft.
four notches on the outer side of friction plates and on
the spline side of plates respectively. 40. Install relief valves (20) into valve casing. Torque to
specification.
31. Install O-rings (26 and 27) to case. Specification
32. Align the matching mark and install brake piston (25) Swing Motor Relief
into case. Valve—Torque.............................................................................180 N·m
133 lb.-ft.
33. Install springs (24) and O-ring (28) to brake piston (25).
41. Add oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil. (Operator's
34. Install ball (31), spring (30) and piston (29) to case. Manual.)
35. Install the cup part of bearing (22) to valve casing (19). Specification
Swing Motor
36. Install O-ring (21) to valve casing. Apply petroleum Oil—Capacity
jelly to plate (23). Install plate to valve casing with the (approximate)................................................................................... 1.5 L
notch on port facing to the rotor (9). 1.6 qt.
37. Apply petroleum jelly to needle part of bearing (22).
38. Install valve casing to case. Torque cap screws (12)
to specification.
RH60123,000028C -19-24AUG11-6/6
PN=438
Hydraulic System
T139536C —UN—30APR01
and plugs.
NOTE: Air must be allowed to escape from the
swing motor while filling.
2. Fill motor with hydraulic oil through port until oil reaches
level of port. See Hydraulic Oil. (Operator's Manual.)
3. Connect hydraulic hose (1 or 2). Oil Fill Hydraulic Lines
RH60123,000028D -19-01AUG11-1/1
TX1094081A —UN—28JUN11
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
2. Drain hydraulic oil tank or apply vacuum to hydraulic
oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Tank Oil and
Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s Manual.) or see
Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank. (Group 3360.)
Specification
Crossover Relief Valves
Hydraulic Oil
Tank—Capacity
(approximate).................................................................................. 310 L 3— Crossover Relief Valve (4
82 gal. used)
4. Inspect and replace as necessary. 7. Fill hydraulic oil tank. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic
Tank Oil and Clean Suction Screen. (Operator’s
5. Install crossover relief valve. Torque to specification. Manual.)
Specification 8. Perform swing motor crossover relief valve test and
Crossover Relief adjustment. See Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve
Valve—Torque.............................................................................180 N·m Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)
133 lb.-ft.
RH60123,000028E -19-13SEP11-1/1
PN=439
Hydraulic System
TX1094082A —UN—28JUN11
See Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Procedure.
(Group 9025-25.)
2. Pull a vacuum in hydraulic oil tank using a vacuum
pump. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Tank.
(Group 3360.)
NOTE: Swing motor make-up check valves can be
removed with swing motor on machine. Swing Motor Make-Up Check Valves
PN=440
Hydraulic System
PN=441
Hydraulic System
10
10
8
7
6
11
5
4
3 12
1 15 16 14
2 13
17 19
18
18
21 17
16
15
28
29 22
33 30 20
23
31
24
32 25
26
27
T142065 —UN—22JUN01
T142065
Swing Motor
PN=442
Hydraulic System
1. Remove swing motor. See Swing Motor and Park 6. Inspect swing park release valve parts and ball seat.
Brake Remove and Install. (Group 4360.)
7. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
2. Remove valve casing (19) from swing motor. See
Swing Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and 8. Install O-ring.
Assemble. (Group 4360.)
9. Install ball, spring and piston.
NOTE: The filter and orifice are installed to piston.
Replace as an assembly. 10. Install valve casing to swing motor. See Swing Motor
and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble. (Group
3. Remove piston (29). 4360.)
4. Remove spring (30) and ball (31). 11. Install swing motor. See Swing Motor and Park Brake
Remove and Install. (Group 4360.)
5. Remove O-ring (28).
RH60123,0000290 -19-20SEP11-2/2
PN=443
Hydraulic System
PN=444
Section 99
Dealer Fabricated Tools
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 9900
Dealer Fabricated Tools
DF1063 Lift Bracket
Tool is the same as used on other machines. Only the lift
bracket of the tool is used for this machine with adapter
DFT1130.
Lift Bracket is used to remove and install travel motor.
Material required:
• 38.1 x 76.2 x 0.48 mm (1-1/2 x 3 x 3/16 in.) Square Tube
• 1.3 mm (1/2 in.) 1020 Steel Plate
• 1 x 38.1 mm (3/8 x 1-1/2 in.) Cap Screw and Nut (4 used)
T8318AC —UN—20SEP94
Continued on next page RH60123,000048F -19-19SEP11-1/2
PN=447
Dealer Fabricated Tools
T7247BW —19—25APR90
RH60123,000048F -19-19SEP11-2/2
PN=448
Dealer Fabricated Tools
DFT1130 Adapter
T8319BN —UN—20SEP94
A—Adapter Plate B—Tube C—Stop Plate
Adapter is used with DF1063 Lift Bracket to remove and • 38.1 mm x 38.1 mm x .48 mm (1-1/2 in. x 1-1/2 in. x
install travel motor. 3/16 in.) Square Tube (B)
Material required:
• .6 mm (1/4 in.) 1020 Steel Plate (C)
PN=449
Dealer Fabricated Tools
T6641DO —UN—24OCT88
RH60123,000036C -19-09AUG11-1/1
PN=450
Dealer Fabricated Tools
T7955AA —UN—23APR93
Pump support is used with a hand hoist to support a
pump(s) when an engine is removed. CAUTION: Failure to use a cap screw to
secure end stand base could result in the
Two end stands are needed.
stand falling off the machine.
RG80575,0000904 -19-02AUG11-1/2
TX1010050A —UN—17JUL06
centered.
Material required:
• C3 x 5 Steel Channel
• 88.9 x 88.9 x 6.35 mm (3.5 x 3.5 x 0.250 in.) Square
Steel Tubing
• 76.2 x 76.2 x 6.35 mm (3 x 3 x 0.250 in.) Square Steel
Tubing
Cap Screw Location Example
• 63.5 x 63.5 x 6.35 mm (2.5 x 2.5 x 0.250 in.) Square
Steel Tubing
• 19 mm (3/4 in.) Flat Bar Stock 1— Cap Screw 3— End Stand
• M10 x 89 mm or 3/8 x 3-1/2 in. D Grade (SAE Grade 5) 2— Sheet Metal Brace
Cap Screw (2 used)
• M10 or 3/8 in. D Grade (SAE Grade 5) Nut (2 used)
RG80575,0000904 -19-02AUG11-2/2
PN=451
Dealer Fabricated Tools
T143704 —UN—03MAR10
1— Weld (4 Places)
PN=452
Dealer Fabricated Tools
PN=453
Dealer Fabricated Tools
PN=454
Index
Page Page
PN=1
Index
Page Page
PN=2
Index
Page Page
PN=3
Index
Page Page
PN=4
Index
Page Page
PN=5
Index
Page Page
PN=6
Index
Page Page
PN=7
Index
PN=8